acsize (3G) - specify the number of bitplanes per color component in the accumulation buffer
add (6D) - add two images together
addborder (6D) - surround an input image with a border image
addclient (1M) - allow remote printing clients to connect
adddefpriv (1M) - add a default system administration privilege to the system
addexportsentry (1M) - add an entry into /etc/exports file.
addframe (6D) - add a border to an image
addfstabentry (1M) - add a filesystem entry into the /etc/fstab file.
addhost (1M) - add and modify an entry in the host file.
addLocalFileSwap (1M) - adds swap space from a local filesystem
addModem (1M) - add a modem to the system
addnoise (6D) - add noise to an image
addpppin (1M) - add a PPP incoming entry.
addpppout (1M) - add a PPP outgoing entry.
addpriv (1M) - add a privilege to the system administration privilege database
addprivuser (1M) - give a user all system administration privileges
addSerialDevice (1M) - add a serial device to the system
addsev (3C) - define additional severities
addseverity (3C) - build a list of severity levels for an application for use with fmtmsg
addtop (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
addtopup (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
addUserAccount (1M) - add a user account to the system
addVirtualSwap (1M) - adds virtual swap space
Add_disk (1) - add an optional disk to the system
adjmsg (D3) - trim bytes from a message
adjtime (2) - correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
ADJUSTL (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the left
ADJUSTR (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the right
admin (1) - create and administer SCCS files
afCloseFile (3dm) - close an audio file, update file header if file was opened for write access.
afFreeFileSetup (3dm) - deallocates an AFfilesetup structure
afGetAESChannelData, afSetAESChannelData (3dm) - get/set AES channel status information in an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetChannels, afGetVirtualChannels (3dm) - get the number of interleaved track / virtual channels from an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetCompression, afGetCompressionParams (3dm) - get the compression type and parameters for an audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFD (3dm) - get the Unix file descriptor for the file associated with an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFormatParams (3dm) - get the audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afGetFrameCount, AFgetframecnt, afGetTrackBytes, afGetDataOffset (3dm) - get the total sample frame count / data bytes / data offset for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFrameSize, afGetVirtualFrameSize (3dm) - get the track / virtual frame size in bytes for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetInstIDs (3dm) - get a list of instrument configurations from an AFfilehandle
afGetInstParams, afSetInstParams, afGetInstParamLong, afSetInstParamLong (3dm) - get / set a parameter list / long parameter value for an instrument configuration in an AFfilehandle structure
afGetLoopIDs (3dm) - get a number and list of loop ID's for an instrument configuration
afGetLoopStart, afGetLoopEnd, afGetLoopTrack, afGetLoopMode (3dm) - get the start/end markers, play mode, and track from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetLoopStartFrame, afGetLoopEndFrame, afGetLoopCount (3dm) - get the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetMarkIDs (3dm) - get the number and list of marker ID's for an audio track
afGetMarkName, afGetMarkComment (3dm) - get the name or comment string for a given marker id in an audio track
afGetMarkPosition, AFgetmarkpos, afSetMarkPosition, AFsetmarkpos (3dm) - get/set the position of a marker in an audio track
afGetMiscIDs, afGetMiscType, afGetMiscSize (3dm) - get number and list of miscellaneous chunk ID's for a file, get the data type and size for a miscellaneous data chunk.
afGetPCMMapping, afGetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - get the track / virtual PCM mapping values for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetRate, afGetVirtualRate (3dm) - get the track/virtual sample rate for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetSampleFormat, AFgetsampfmt, afGetVirtualSampleFormat, afGetByteOrder, afGetVirtualByteOrder (3dm) - get the track / virtual sample format or byte order for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure.
afGetTrackIDs (3dm) - get the list of track descriptor id's for the given AFfilehandle
afIdentifyFD, afIdentifyNamedFD, afGetFileFormat, AFgetfilefmt (3dm) - retrieve the audio file format of a file descriptor / open AFfilehandle
afInitAESChannelData, afInitAESChannelDataTo (3dm) - set a flag in an AFfilesetup so that storage space for AES channel status data is reserved in / removed from a file.
afInitCompression, afInitCompressionParams, afAware (3dm) - configure the audio compression type and parameters in an AFfilesetup structure for an audio track
afInitDataOffset, afInitFrameCount (3dm) - initialize the audio data byte offset / frame count in an AFfilesetup for a specified raw-format audio track
afInitFileFormat, AFinitfilefmt (3dm) - initialize the audio file format type in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitFormatParams (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track via dmParams
afInitInstIDs (3dm) - specify a list of instrument parameter chunk identifiers to be stored in an AFfilesetup structure.
afInitLoopIDs (3dm) - initialize a list of loop ID's for a given instrument in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkIDs (3dm) - specify a list of marker ID's for a new audio file in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkName, afInitMarkComment (3dm) - initialize the name/comment for a specified marker in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMiscIDs, afInitMiscType, afInitMiscSize (3dm) - initialize the list of miscellaneous data chunk ID's in an AFfilesetup file configuration structure, initialize the chunk type and number of data bytes for a given miscellaneous chunk.
afInitPCMMapping (3dm) - configure the PCM mapping for an audio track in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitSampleFormat, AFinitsampfmt, afInitByteOrder, afInitChannels, afInitRate (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track
afInitTrackIDs (3dm) - initialize the list of audio track identifiers in an AFfilesetup structure.
afIntro, AFintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics Audio File Library (AF)
afNewFileSetup (3dm) - create and initialize an AFfilesetup structure
afOpenFile, afOpenFD, afOpenNamedFD (3dm) - allocate an AFfilehandle structure for an audio file identified by name / by a Unix file descriptor
afQuery, afQueryLong, afQueryDouble, afQueryPointer (3dm) - retrieve static parameters associated with the Audio File Library formats
afReadFrames (3dm) - read sample frames from a specified audio track in an audio file
afReadMisc, afWriteMisc, afSeekMisc (3dm) - read from / write to / move logical read/write pointer for data in a miscellaneous chunk in an audio file
afSaveFilePosition, afRestoreFilePosition (3dm) - save and retrieve logical audio sample read pointer
afSeekFrame, afTellFrame (3dm) - move logical file read pointer for a specified audio track to a desired sample frame location / retrieve current value of file read or write pointer.
afSetChannelMatrix (3dm) - set the channel mix matrix associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetConversionParams, afGetConversionParams (3dm) - set/get the parameters associated with format conversion for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetErrorHandler (3dm) - supply an alternate error reporting routine to the Audio File Library
afSetLoopStart, afSetLoopEnd, afSetLoopMode, afSetLoopTrack (3dm) - set the start/end markers, play mode, and track in an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetLoopStartFrame, afSetLoopEndFrame, afSetLoopCount (3dm) - set the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetTrackPCMMapping (3dm) - override the current PCM mapping values associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetVirtualFormatParams, afGetVirtualFormatParams (3dm) - set/get the virtual audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetVirtualSampleFormat, afSetVirtualByteOrder, afSetVirtualChannels, afSetVirtualRate, afSetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - set the virtual data format for a specified audio track
afSyncFile (3dm) - write out a consistent snapshot of an audio file without actually closing the file
after (3Tk) - Execute a command after a time delay
afunct (3G) - specify alpha test function
afunction (3G) - specify alpha test function
afWriteFrames (3dm) - write audio sample frames to a specified track in an audio file
aifc2aiff (1) - convert an AIFF-C file to an AIFF file
aifccompress (1) - compress the audio data in an AIFF-C file
aifcdecompress (1) - decompress the audio data in an AIFF-C file
aifcinfo (1) - describes contents of AIFF-C or AIFF file
aifcresample (1) - perform sampling rate conversion on an AIFF-C file
aiff, aiff-c, aifc (4) - Audio Interchange File Format
aiff2aifc (1) - convert an AIFF file to an AIFF-C file
ainfo (1) - display array information
aint, dint, qint, iint, jint, iidint, jidint, iiqint, jiqint, kiqint (3F) - FORTRAN integer part intrinsic function
aio_cancel, aio_cancel64 (3) - cancel an asynchronous I/O request
aio_error, aio_error64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
aio_fsync, aio_fsync64 (3) - asynchronously synchronize a file's in-memory state with that on the physical medium
aio_hold, aio_hold64 (3) - Defer or resume reception of asynchronous I/O callbacks
aio_init (3) - asynchronous I/O initialization
aio_read, aio_read64 (3) - asynchronous I/O read
aio_return, aio_return64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
atsproc_child, atsproc_parent, atsproc_pre (3C) - add sproc pre and post interception routines
atstat (1) - dump the AppleTalk tables and statistics
attach (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attachcursor (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attr (1) - manipulate Extended Attributes on filesystem objects
attrinit (1M) - Set file attributes
attr_get, attr_getf (2) - get the value of a user attribute of a filesystem object
attr_list, attr_listf (2) - list the names of the user attributes of a filesystem object
attr_multi, attr_multif (2) - manipulate multiple user attributes on a filesystem object at once
attr_remove, attr_removef (2) - remove a user attribute of a filesystem object
attr_set, attr_setf (2) - set the value of a user attribute of a filesystem object
at_log (5) - list of errors by users of K-Talk library routines
AUchecklicense (3dm) - checks for a given audio compression license
audio (1) - Introduction to audio facilities
audiopanel (1) - control panel for Audio Hardware: input and output levels, rates, sources and syncs
audiostate (1) - simple audio hardware state display tool
audit (1M) - system audit trail startup and shutdown script
audit_filters (5) - using filter programs with the audit facility
AUpvlist, AUpvnew, AUpvfree, AUpvgetmaxitems, AUpvsetvaltype, AUpvsetparam, AUpvsetval, AUpvgetvaltype, AUpvgetparam, AUpvgetval (3dm) - Audio File parameter value list data type
autoconfig (1M) - configure kernel
autofs (1M) - install automatic mount points
autofsd (1M) - autoFS mount/unmount daemon
AutoLoader (3) - load subroutines only on demand
autologin (4) - set autologin user identity
automount (1M) - automatically mount NFS filesystems
autopush (1M) - configure lists of automatically pushed STREAMS modules
AutoSplit (3) - split a package for autoloading
autouse (3) - postpone load of modules until a function is used
AUTO_P (5) - Automatic Parallelization
availmon (5) - overview of system availability monitoring facilities
avcapture (1) - capture and synchronization tool for uncompressed video and audio
aview, ArrayView (1) - array status monitor for the X Window System
avplayback (1) - playback uncompressed video and audio in synchronization
awk, nawk, pawk (1) - pattern scanning and processing language
backbu, frontb (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backbuffer, frontbuffer (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backfa (3G) - turns backfacing polygon removal on and off
backface (3G) - turns backfacing polygon removal on and off
background (1) - customization panel for setting background pattern
Backup (1) - backup the specified file or directory
backup (1M) - backup files and directories now, later, or recurring
BackupAndRestoreManager (1M) - Shedule or Unschedule Backups, Restore Files
badaddr (D3X) - test for valid input bus address badaddr_val (D3X) - test for valid input device address and return value
BAKVEC, SBAKVEC (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a NONSYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding symmetric matrix determined by FIGI.
BALANC, SBALANC (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine balances a REAL matrix and isolates eigenvalues whenever possible.
BALBAK, SBALBAK (3F) - EISPACK rotuine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a REAL GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding balanced matrix determined by BALANC.
BANDR, SBANDR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a REAL SYMMETRIC BAND matrix to a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using and optionally accumulating orthogonal similarity transformations.
BANDV, SBANDV (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvectors of a REAL SYMMETRIC BAND matrix corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration. The subroutine may also be used to solve systems of linear equations with a symmetric or non-symmetric band coefficient matrix.
base (3) - Establish IS-A relationship with base class at compile time
basename (3G) - return the last element of a pathname
basename, dirname (1) - deliver portions of pathnames
bbox2, bbox2i, bbox2s (3G) - culls and prunes to bounding box and minimum pixel radius
bc (1) - An arbitrary precision calculator language
bcanput (D3) - test for flow control in a specified priority band
bcopy (D3) - copy data between address locations in the kernel
bcopy, bcmp, blkclr, bzero, ffs (3C) - bit and byte string operations
BCsource (5) - archive of bc and dc sources
bdftopcf (1) - convert X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled Format
bdiff (1) - big diff
bell (3Tk) - Ring a display's bell
Benchmark (3) - benchmark running times of code
bfs (1) - big file scanner
bg (1) - run jobs in the background
bgets (3G) - read stream up to next delimiter
bgicons (1) - maintain icons on the desktop background
bgnclo, endclo (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgnclosedline, endclosedline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgncur, endcur (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgncurve, endcurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgnlin, endlin (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnline, endline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnpoi, endpoi (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpoint, endpoint (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpol, endpol (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnpolygon, endpolygon (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnqst, endqst (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnqstrip, endqstrip (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnsur, endsur (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgnsurface, endsurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgntme, endtme (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntmesh, endtmesh (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntri, endtri (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgntrim, endtrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgpaste (6D) - paste an image onto the root window
BICSF, IRCAM (4) - Berkeley/IRCAM/CARL Sound File Format
bind (2) - bind a name to a socket
bind (3N) - bind a name to a socket
bind (3Tk) - Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
bindkey (1) - function key binding facility for use with xwsh(1G)
bindtags (3Tk) - Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
biodone (D3) - release buffer after block I/O and wakeup processes
bioerror (D3) - manipulate error fields within a buffer header
biowait (D3) - suspend processes pending completion of block I/O
BISECT, SBISECT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvalues of a TRIDIAGONAL SYMMETRIC matrix which lie in a specified interval, using bisection.
bison (1) - GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
bitmap (3Tk) - Images that display two colors
bitmap, bmtoa, atobm (1) - bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System
BIT_SIZE (3I) - Returns the number of bits in an integer in the bit manipulation model
bootp (1M) - server for Internet Bootstrap Protocol
bootpadd (1M) - add client system to bootptab
bootparamd (1M) - boot parameter server
bootparams (4) - boot parameter data base
bptophys (D3X) - get physical address of buffer data
bp_mapin (D3) - allocate virtual address space for buffer page list
bp_mapout (D3) - deallocate virtual address space for buffer page list
BQR, SBQR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalue of smallest (usually) magnitude of a REAL SYMMETRIC BAND matrix using the QR algorithm with shifts of origin. Consecutive calls can be made to find further eigenvalues.
brc, bcheckrc (1M) - system initialization procedures
break (3Tcl) - Abort looping command
brelse (D3) - return a buffer to the system's free list
brk, sbrk (2) - change data segment space allocation
bru (1) - backup and restore utility
bsdinst (1) - install, using BSD-style arguments
bsearch (3C) - binary search a sorted table
bsh, jsh (1) - shell, the standard/job control command programming language
bstream (1) - many buffered filter
BTEST (3I) - Tests a bit of an integer value
btod (D3X) - convert from bytes to disk sectors
btop (D3) - convert size in bytes to size in pages (round down)
btopr (D3) - convert size in bytes to size in pages (round up)
btree (3) - btree database access method
btree (6D) - display an image using a binary tree ordering.
buf (D4) - block I/O data transfer structure
bufcall (D3) - call a function when a buffer becomes available
bufsplit (3G) - split buffer into fields
bufview (1) - file system buffer cache activity monitor
buildppd (1M) - build a PPD file for a printer
Bundle::CPAN (3) - A bundle to play with all the other modules on CPAN
button (3Tk) - Create and manipulate button widgets
buttonfly (6D) - a pretty user interface for Silicon Graphics demos
bz (6D) - a tank game
bzero (D3) - clear memory for a given number of bytes
bzflag (6) - a tank battle game
bzflagrc (6) - bzflag resource database
bzfs (6) - bzflag game server
bzlogo (6D) - convert SGI images to the logo format for bz
bzviewlogo (6D) - display a bz logo file
bzwho (6D) - show a list of all current bz games and players
c2ph, pstruct (1) - Dump C structures as generated from cc -g -S stabs
c3f, c3i, c3s, c4f, c4i, c4s (3G) - sets the RGB (or RGBA) values for the current color vector
cachectl (2) - mark pages cacheable or uncacheable
cached (1M) - monitor single bit secondary cache errors.
cacheflush, _flush_cache (2) - flush contents of instruction and/or data cache
cachefs (4) - Cache File System Description
cal (1) - print calendar
calendar (1) - reminder service
callfunc (3G) - calls a function from within an object
callob (3G) - draws an instance of an object
callobj (3G) - draws an instance of an object
canonhost (1M) - canonicalize hostnames
canput (D3) - test for room in a message queue
canvas (3Tk) - Create and manipulate canvas widgets
capabilities (4) - Capability Mechanism
capability (4) - user capability database
capitem (1) - look up an item in a printcap entry
captoinfo (1M) - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description
capture (1) - record movies, images, or sounds
cap_acquire, cap_surrender (3C) - make permitted set capabilities effective or remove effective capabilities
cap_bind (3N) - bind a privileged name to a socket
cap_clear (3C) - clear the fields of a capability
cap_copy_ext, cap_copy_int (3C) - copy capability from system to user space or from user to system space
cap_dup (3C) - make a copy of a capability
cap_envl, cap_envp (3C) - ensure sufficient process privilege
cap_free (3C) - free allocated capability
cap_from_text, cap_to_text, cap_value_to_text (3C) - convert a POSIX capabilities string to internal form, convert capabilities to a POSIX capabilities string, or return the POSIX name for a capability value
cap_get_fd, cap_set_fd (3C) - get or set the capabilities for an open file
cap_get_file, cap_set_file (3C) - get or set the capabilities for a pathname
cap_get_flag, cap_set_flag (3C) - get or set the value of a capability flag in a capability
cap_get_proc, cap_set_proc, cap_set_proc_flags (3C) - get or set process capabilities
cap_init (3C) - allocate a capability stucture
cap_network_ioctl (3N) - execute an I/O control operation with privilege
cap_schedctl (3N) - alter scheduling parameters
cap_size (3C) - return the size of an capability
cap_socket (3N) - create a socket with privilege
carp (3) - warn of errors (from perspective of caller)
case (3Tcl) - Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
cat (1) - concatenate and print files
catch (3Tcl) - Evaluate script and trap exceptional returns
caterr (1) - Processes message text files
catgetmsg (3C) - Reads a message from a message catalog
catgets (3C) - read a program message
catmsgfmt (3C) - Formats an error message
catopen, catclose (3C) - open/close a message catalogue
cb (1) - C program beautifier
CBABK2, SCBABK2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding balanced matrix determined by CBAL.
CBAL, SCBAL (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is a complex version of BALANCE.
CBDSQR (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
cc, c89 (1) - Invokes the MIPS and MIPSpro C compiler
CCHDC (3F) - CCHDC computes the Cholesky decomposition of a positive definite matrix. A pivoting option allows the user to estimate the condition of a positive definite matrix or determine the rank of a positive semidefinite matrix.
CCHDD (3F) - CCHDD downdates an augmented Cholesky decomposition or the triangular factor of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, CCHDD determines a unitary matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
CCHEX (3F) - CCHEX updates the Cholesky factorization
CCHUD (3F) - CCHUD updates an augmented Cholesky decomposition of the triangular part of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, CCHUD determines a unitary matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
ccsync (7M) - Power Fortran join accelerator.
cd (1) - change working directory
cd (3Tcl) - Change working directory
CDaddcallback (3dm) - set a callback for the CD audio data parser
CDallowremoval (3dm) - unlock the CD-ROM drive eject button
CDatomsf (3dm) - convert ASCII string to minutes, seconds, frames
CDatotime (3dm) - convert ASCII string to timecode
CDbestreadsize (3dm) - tells best num_frames value for CDreadda
cdc (1) - change the delta commentary of an SCCS delta
CDclose (3dm) - closes a CD-ROM device
CDcreateparser (3dm) - creates a CD digital audio data parser
cddbcvt (1) - convert old (cdplayer) format CD database to new format
CDdeleteparser (3dm) - deletes a CD digital audio data parser
CDeject (3dm) - ejects the caddy from the CD-ROM drive
cdframe (4) - structure of a frame of audio data on Compact Disc (CD)
CDframetomsf (3dm) - convert CD frame number to minutes, seconds, frame
CDframetotc (3dm) - convert CD frame number to timecode
CDgetstatus (3dm) - get current state of a CD-ROM drive
CDgettrackinfo (3dm) - get information about a specified track on an audio CD
cdheadphone (1) - play audio CDs on a CD-ROM drive
CDintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics CD Audio Library (CD)
CDIV, SCDIV (3F) - EISPACK auxiliary routine.
CDmsftoblock (3dm) - convert time to logical block number
CDmsftoframe (3dm) - convert time to CD frame number
CDopen (3dm) - opens a CD-ROM drive for audio use
CDparseframe (3dm) - parse a frame of CD digital audio data
CDplay (3dm) - play an audio CD through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDplayabs (3dm) - play an audio CD (beginning at a specified absolute time location) through CD-ROM audio jacks
cdplayer, cdman, datplayer (1) - play and capture audio CDs and DAT tapes
CDplaytrack (3dm) - play a specified track from an audio CD through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDplaytrackabs (3dm) - play a track from an audio CD (beginning at a specified absolute time location) through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDpreventremoval (3dm) - lock the CD-ROM drive eject button
CDreadda (3dm) - read digital audio data from audio CD in CD-ROM
CDremovecallback (3dm) - remove a callback from the CD audio data parser
CDresetparser (3dm) - resets a CD digital audio data parser
CDsbtoa (3dm) - convert six-bit country and owner codes to ASCII string
CDseek (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to absolute time code location
CDseekblock (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to start of specified block
CDseektrack (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to start of specified track
cdsio (7) - 6-port serial I/O
CDstop (3dm) - stops play of an audio CD in CD-ROM drive
CDtctoframe (3dm) - convert timecode to CD frame number
CDtimetoa (3dm) - convert timecode to ASCII string
CDtogglepause (3dm) - toggles a CD-ROM drive between pause and play
cedit (6D) - edit colors on the screen
CEILING (3I) - Returns the least integer greater than or equal to its argument
cfft1d, zfft1d (3F) - 1D, Real Complex-to-Complex, Fast Fourier Transforms.
cfft1di, zfft1di (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for Complex-to- Complex 1D FFT modules.
CFFT2 (3F) - Calculate a complex-to-complex Fourier synthesis/analysis.
cfft2d, zfft2d (3F) - 2D Complex-to-Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
cfft2di, zfft2di (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for complex-to- complex 2D FFT modules.
cfft3d, zfft3d (3F) - 3D Complex-to-Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
cfft3di, zfft3di (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for complex-to- complex 3D FFT modules.
cfftm1d, zfftm1d (3F) - Multiple 1D, complex-to-complex, Fast Fourier Transforms.
cfftm1di, zfftm1di (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for complex-to- complex Multiple 1D FFT modules.
cflow (1) - generate C flowgraph
cfsadmin (1M) - administer disk space used for caching file systems with the Cache File-System (CacheFS)
cfsstat (1M) - display Network File System statistics
cftime (4) - language specific strings
CG, SCG (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix.
CGBBRD (3F) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGBCO (3F) - CGBCO factors a complex band matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CGBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
CGBDI (3F) - CGBDI computes the determinant of a band matrix using the factors computed by CGBCO or CGBFA. If the inverse is needed, use CGBSL N times.
CGBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGBFA (3F) - CGBFA factors a complex band matrix by elimination.
CGBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGBSL (3F) - CGBSL solves the complex band system A * X = B or CTRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by CGBCO or CGBFA.
CGBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CGBSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGBTF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGBTRF
CGEBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by CGEBAL
CGEBAL (3F) - balance a general complex matrix A
CGEBD2 (3F) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGEBRD (3F) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGECO (3F) - CGECO factors a complex matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CGECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGEDI (3F) - CGEDI computes the determinant and inverse of a matrix using the factors computed by CGECO or CGEFA.
CGEEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGEES (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEESX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEEV (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEEVX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEFA (3F) - CGEFA factors a complex matrix by Gaussian elimination.
CGEGS (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices A,
CGEGV (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices A and B, the generalized eigenvalues (alpha, beta), and optionally,
CGEHD2 (3F) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGEHRD (3F) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGELQ2 (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGELQF (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGELS (3F) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
CGELSS (3F) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGELSX (3F) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGEQL2 (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQLF (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGEQPF (3F) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M- by-N matrix A
CGEQR2 (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQRF (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGERQ2 (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGERQF (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGESL (3F) - CGESL solves the complex system A * X = B or CTRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by CGECO or CGEFA.
CGESV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGESVD (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
CGESVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGETF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGGBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by CGGBAL
CGGBAL (3F) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
CGGGLM (3F) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
CGGHRD (3F) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
CGGLSE (3F) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
CGGQRF (3F) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
CGGRQF (3F) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
CGGSVD (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
CGGSVP (3F) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
CGI (3) - Simple Common Gateway Interface Class
CGI::Apache (3) - Make things work with CGI.pm against Perl-Apache API
CGI::Carp (3) - CGI routines for writing to the HTTPD (or other) error log
CGI::Fast (3) - CGI Interface for Fast CGI
CGI::Push (3) - Simple Interface to Server Push
CGI::Switch (3) - Try more than one constructors and return the first object available
cglue (6D) - create an rgb image out of 3 black and white images
CGTCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by CGTTRF
CGTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGTSL (3F) - CGTSL given a general tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side will find the solution.
CGTSV (3F) - solve the equation A*X = B,
CGTSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGTTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
CGTTRS (3F) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CH, SCH (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a COMPLEX HERMITIAN matrix.
chacl (1) - change the access control list of a file or directory
chantab (4) - Channel-to-monitor database
CHAR, ICHAR (3I) - Converts integer to character and vice versa
charset (5) - description of the standard supported character set
charst, lchstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
charstr, lcharstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
CHBEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
CHBGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBTRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
chcap (1) - change file capability sets
chdir, fchdir (2) - change working directory
check (1) - check RCS status of a file
checkbutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate checkbutton widgets
checkPassword (1M) - confirm a user password
checkpriv (1M) - check to see if the current user is privileged
check_abi_compliance (1) - check ABI compliance of an object file
check_abi_interface (1) - check ABI compliance of a library interface
check_for_syscalls (1) - check for embedded syscalls in an object file.
CHECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHEEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEGS2 (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHESV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHESVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHETD2 (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHGEQZ (3F) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A (3F) - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
CHICO (3F) - CHICO factors a complex Hermitian matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CHIDI (3F) - CHIDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a complex Hermitian matrix using the factors from CHIFA.
CHIFA (3F) - CHIFA factors a complex Hermitian matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
CHISL (3F) - CHISL solves the complex Hermitian system A * X = B using the factors computed by CHIFA.
chkconfig (1M) - configuration state checker
chkimprlicense (1) - check if an Impressario license is available for psrip(1)
chkutent (1M) - check and repair utmp entries
chlabel (1) - change the label of a file
chmod (1) - change the permissions mode of a file or directory
chmod (3F) - change mode of a file
chmod, fchmod (2) - change mode of file
chown, chgrp (1) - change owner or group
chown, fchown, lchown (2) - change owner and group of a file
CHPCO (3F) - CHPCO factors a complex Hermitian matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CHPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPDI (3F) - CHPDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a complex Hermitian matrix using the factors from CHPFA, where the matrix is stored in packed form.
CHPEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
CHPEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPFA (3F) - CHPFA factors a complex Hermitian matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
CHPGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
CHPGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHPSL (3F) - CHISL solves the complex Hermitian system A * X = B using the factors computed by CHPFA.
CHPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CHPTRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
chroot (1M) - change root directory for a command
chroot (2) - change root directory
chrtbl (1M) - generate character classification and conversion tables
CHSEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CHSEQR (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
chunks (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
chunksize (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
ci (1) - check in RCS revisions
cidfontview (1) - Display PostScript CID font viewer
cidxfonts (1) - build X style font directory for CID-keyed fonts
CINVIT, SCINVIT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvectors of A COMPLEX UPPER Hessenberg matrix corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration.
circ, circi, circs (3G) - outlines a circle
circf, circfi, circfs (3G) - draws a filled circle
cksum (1) - display file checksums and block counts
CLABRD (3F) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLACGV (3F) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
CLACON (3F) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
CLACPY (3F) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
CLACRM (3F) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
CLACRT (3F) - applie a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (C and S) are complex and the vectors CX and CY are complex
clAddAlgorithm, clSetUnique, clGetUnique, clFetchParam, clStoreParam, clError (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression algorithm to the Compression Library
clAddParam, clSetDefault, clSetMin, clSetMax, clSetMinMax, clSetRange (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression parameter to the Compression Library
CLADIV (3F) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
CLAED0 (3F) - the divide and conquer method, CLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
CLAED7 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
CLAED8 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
CLAEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CLAESY (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
CLAEV2 (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
CLAGS2 (3F) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
CLAGTM (3F) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
CLAHEF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLAHQR (3F) - i an auxiliary routine called by CHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by CHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
CLAHRD (3F) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
CLAIC1 (3F) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
CLANGB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
CLANGE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
CLANGT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
CLANHB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANHE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
CLANHP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANHS (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
CLANHT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
CLANSB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANSP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANSY (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
CLANTB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
CLANTP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANTR (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
CLAPLL (3F) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
CLAPMT (3F) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
CLAQGB (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQGE (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQHB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHE (3F) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHP (3F) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSP (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSY (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAR2V (3F) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
CLARF (3F) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFB (3F) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFG (3F) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
CLARFT (3F) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
CLARFX (3F) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARGV (3F) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARNV (3F) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
CLARTG (3F) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
CLARTV (3F) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLASCL (3F) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
CLASET (3F) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
CLASR (3F) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
Class::Struct (3) - declare struct-like datatypes as Perl classes
CLASSQ (3F) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
CLASWP (3F) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
CLASYF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLATBS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATPS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATRD (3F) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLATRS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATZM (3F) - applie a Householder matrix generated by CTZRQF to a matrix
CLAUU2 (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
CLAUUM (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
clCompressImage, clDecompressImage (3dm) - Compress/Decompress a single image
clCreateBuf, clDestroyBuf, clQueryBufferHdl, clQueryHandle (3dm) - Create and destroy implicit buffers, and find related handles.
cleanCache (1) - remove stale desktop type or layout cache entries
cleanpowerdown (1M) - control the power-down behavior of Onyx/Challenge L/XL systems
clear (1) - clear terminal screen
clear (3G) - clears the viewport
clearance (4) - user clearance label information file
clGetDefault (3dm) - Get the default value of a parameter
clGetMinMax (3dm) - Get minimum and maximum values for a parameter
clGetName (3dm) - returns a name for a parameter
clGetNextImageInfo (3dm) - Get information about a compressed image stream
clGetParams, clSetParams, clGetParam, clSetParam (3dm) - get and set the value of the specified parameters.
CLintro, CompressionLibrary, compression, libcl, cl (3dm) - A library for working with compressed video and audio data
Clipfly (3pf) - IRIS Performer scene viewer with Clip Texturing enhancements
clippl (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clipplane (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clkon, clkoff (3G) - control keyboard click
clock (3C) - report CPU time used
CLOCK (3I) - Returns the current time
clock (6D) - analog clock in a window
clock_settime, clock_gettime, clock_getres (2) - get/set date and time (POSIX)
clogin (1) - login on the graphics console
clone (7) - open any minor device on a STREAMS driver
clOpenCompressor, clCompress, clCloseCompressor (3dm) - Compress a video or audio stream
clOpenDecompressor, clDecompress, clCloseDecompressor (3dm) - Decompress a video or audio stream
clOpenDemux, clDemux, clCloseDemux (3dm) - Demultiplex into video and audio streams
clOpenMux, clMux, clCloseMux (3dm) - Multiplex video and audio streams
close (2) - close a file descriptor
close (3Tcl) - Close an open file
close (D2) - relinquish access to a device
closeo (3G) - closes an object definition
closeobj (3G) - closes an object definition
clQueryAlgorithms, clQuerySchemeFromHandle, clQuerySchemeFromName, clGetAlgorithmName, clQueryLicense (3dm) - Get a list of algorithms, find the identifier or name, or check for a license
clQueryFree, clUpdateHead, clQueryValid, clUpdateTail, clDoneUpdatingHead (3dm) - Reading and writing data with implicit buffers
clQueryParams, clGetParamID (3dm) - Get a list of the parameters for a specified processing object, or the parameter identifier given the name
clQueryScheme, clQueryMaxHeaderSize, clReadHeader (3dm) - Determine the scheme and read the stream header
clrbuf (D3) - erase the contents of a buffer
clri (1M) - clear EFS inode
clSetErrorHandler (3dm) - Select an alternate error handling routine
clshmctl (1M) - Administration tool for CrayLink Shared Memory
clshmd (1M) - Daemon for inter-partition shared-memory communication over CrayLink.
clshm_diag (1M) - Diagnostic tool for CrayLink Shared Memory
cl_aware, CLaware (3dm) - Aware Audio Schemes in the Compression Library
cl_cosmo (3dm) - Cosmo Compress JPEG Accelerator (in the Compression Library)
cl_init (1M) - init program for diskless software installation
cl_jpeg (3dm) - JPEG schemes in the Compression Library
cl_mpeg1 (3dm) - MPEG-1 schemes in the Compression Library
cl_mvc2 (3dm) - MVC2 scheme in the Compression Library
cl_mvc3 (3dm) - MVC3 scheme in the Compression Library
cmn_err (D3) - display an error message or panic the system
cmode (3G) - sets color map mode as the current mode.
cmov, cmovi, cmovs, cmov2, cmov2i, cmov2s (3G) - updates the current character position
cmp (1) - compare two files
cmsApplyTfm (3) - apply a color management tranform to a pixel buffer
cmsCheckGamut (3) - test pixels in a buffer to see whether they are in gamut for a given transform
cmsCloseProfile (3) - close a CMS profile int32 cmsCloseProfile (ctxt, prof); CMSContext ctxt; CMSProfile prof;
cmsCreateGamutCheck (3) - creates a gamut check from a set of profiles
cmsCreateProfile (3) - create a new profile
cmsCreateTfm (3) - creates a transform from a set of profiles
cmsDeleteProfile (3) - delete a profile from the file system
cmsDeleteTag (3) - delete the tag belonging to the specifed profile
cmsDeleteTfm (3) - delete a transform
cmsEndProfileIteration (3) - terminate a profile iteration and dispose of the iterator
cmsEndTagIteration (3) - terminate tag iteration and delete the iterator
cmsExportProfile (3) - convert profile to an external format
cmsFreeCmmList (3) - free list of all available CMMs
cmsFreeProfileExport (3) - free data storage created by cmsExportProfile
cmsFreeTagValue (3) - free tag value data
cmsGetCmmInfo (3) - return information about a selected CMM
cmsGetCmmList (3) - list all available CMMs
cmsGetDefaultCmm (3) - return the default CMM
cmsGetProfileHeader (3) - get the header from an open profile
cmsGetProfileSpecHeader (3) - get the header using the name of the profile, rather than a open profile.
cmsGetTag (3) - return tag contents, given a profile and a tag name
cmsImportProfile (3) - initialize a profile from data in an external format
cmsNextProfileIteration (3) - get the next profile in an iteration
cmsNextTagIteration (3) - get the next tag in a tag iteration
cmsOpen (3) - establishes a context for working with the color management system
cmsOpenProfile (3) - open a profile for read or write
cmsSaveProfile (3) - save a profile to permanent storage
cmsSaveProfileAs (3) - save a profile to permanent storage under a new name
cmsSetProfileHeader (3) - stores a new header into an open profile
cmsSetTag (3) - set tag contents, given a tag name and a profile
cmssgi2jpg (1) - reformat SGI image file as JPEG file, maintains profile tag
cmsStartProfileIteration (3) - start a profile iteration and create an iterator
cmstag (1) - associate an ICC device profile with one or more image files
cmstaggif (1) - associate an ICC device profile with a GIF image
cmstagjpeg (1) - associate an ICC device profile with a JPEG image file
cmstagsgi (1) - associate an ICC device profile with an SGI image
cmstagstiff (1) - associate an ICC device profile with a STIFF image
cmsTfmCheckGamut (3) - test pixels in a buffer to see whether they are in gamut for a given transform
cmstif2jpg (1) - reformat TIFF image file as JPEG file, maintains profile tag
cnvlv (3G) - modify the operation of lrectwrite and rectcopy to convolve pixel data
co (1) - check out RCS revisions
cocogif (1) - color correct a GIF image file
cocojpeg (1) - color correct a JPEG/JFIF image file
cocostiff (1) - color correct a TIFF stream
col (1) - filter reverse line-feeds
collide (1) - look for name collisions between libraries
colltbl (1M) - create collation database
color, colorf (3G) - sets the color index in the current draw mode
colorbars (6D) - generate NTSC colorbars
colorview (1) - display list of X11 colors and show selected color
comb (1) - combine SCCS deltas
COMBAK, SCOMBAK (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding upper Hessenberg matrix determined by COMHES.
COMHES, SCOMHES (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix, this subroutine reduces a submatrix situated in rows and columns LOW through IGH to upper Hessenberg form by stabilized elementary similarity transformations.
COMLR, SCOMLR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a COMPLEX UPPER Hessenberg matrix by the modified LR method.
COMLR2, SCOMLR2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a COMPLEX UPPER Hessenberg matrix by the modified LR method. The eigenvectors of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix can also be found if COMHES has been used to reduce this general matrix to Hessenberg form.
comm (1) - select or reject lines common to two sorted files
command (1) - execute a simple command
comp,uncomp,comp_compress,uncomp_uncompress (2) - data stream compression and uncompression
compac (3G) - compacts the memory storage of an object
compactify (3G) - compacts the memory storage of an object
COMPL (3I) - Computes complement
complex (3C++) - introduction to C++ complex mathematics library
complex_error (3C++) - error-handling function for the C++ Complex Math Library
complex_operators (3C++) - operators for the C++ complex math library
complib, complib.sgimath, sgimath (3F) - Scientific and Mathematical Library
compose (5) - International compose key input
composetable (5) - International compose key list
Composite - The Composite widget class
Composite (3X) - The Composite widget class
compress, uncompress (1) - compress and expand data
compview (1) - tool for viewing results of compression
COMQR, SCOMQR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a COMPLEX upper Hessenberg matrix by the QR method.
COMQR2, SCOMQR2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a COMPLEX UPPER Hessenberg matrix by the QR method. The eigenvectors of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix can also be found if CORTH has been used to reduce this general matrix to Hessenberg form.
concat (3Tcl) - Join lists together
concav (3G) - allows the system to draw concave polygons
concave (3G) - allows the system to draw concave polygons
concerta (1) - Sine Wave Generator Tool
confidence (1M) - Desktop Confidence Tests
Config (3) - access Perl configuration information
configAutoLogin (1M) - enable or disable auto login
configdefaultroute (1M) - add or delete a default route
configec0state (1M) - activate or deactivate the primary interface
configipforwardstate (1M) - turn IP forwarding on or off
configkfs (1M) - configuration program for AppleShare Client
cord (1) - rearranges procedures in an executable.
Core - The Core widget class
Core (3X) - The Core widget class
core (4) - format of core image file
CORTB, SCORTB (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding upper Hessenberg matrix determined by CORTH.
CORTH, SCORTH (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a COMPLEX GENERAL matrix, this subroutine reduces a submatrix situated in rows and columns LOW through IGH to upper Hessenberg form by unitary similarity transformations.
cosh, dcosh, qcosh (3F) - FORTRAN hyperbolic cosine intrinsic function
cosmocreate (1) - WYSIWYG HTML authoring tool
cosmoplayer (1) - Netscape Plugin that allows you to view VRML files
COT, DCOT (3M) - Computes cotangent
COUNT (3I) - Counts the number of true array elements
cp, ln, mv (1) - copy, link or move files
cpack (3G) - specifies RGBA color with a single packed 32-bit integer
CPAN (3) - query, download and build perl modules from CPAN sites
CPAN::FirstTime (3) - Utility for CPAN::Config file Initialization
CPAN::Nox (3) - Wrapper around CPAN.pm without using any XS module
CPBCO (3F) - CPBCO factors a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix stored in band form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CPBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
CPBDI (3F) - CPBDI computes the determinant of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the factors computed by CPBCO or CPBFA. If the inverse is needed, use CPBSL N times.
CPBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPBFA (3F) - CPBFA factors a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix stored in band form.
CPBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPBSL (3F) - CPBSL solves the complex Hermitian positive definite band system A*X = B using the factors computed by CPBCO or CPBFA.
CPBSTF (3F) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
cpio (1) - copy file archives in and out
cpio (4) - format of cpio archive
cplxtrig (3C++) - trigonometric and hyperbolic functions for the C++ complex library
CPOCO (3F) - CPOCO factors a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CPOCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPODI (3F) - CPODI computes the determinant and inverse of a certain complex Hermitian positive definite matrix (see below) using the factors computed by CPOCO, CPOFA or CQRDC.
CPOEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPORFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
CPOSL (3F) - CPOSL solves the COMPLEX Hermitian positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by CPOCO or CPOFA.
CPOSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
cpp (1) - the C language preprocessor
CPPCO (3F) - CPPCO factors a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix stored in packed form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CPPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPDI (3F) - CPPDI computes the determinant and inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the factors computed by CPPCO or CPPFA .
CPPEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPPFA (3F) - CPPFA factors a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix stored in packed form.
CPPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPPSL (3F) - CPPSL solves the complex Hermitian positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by CPPCO or CPPFA.
CPPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
CPPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
cpr (1) - checkpoint and restart processes; info query; delete statefiles cview (1) - graphical user interface for checkpoint and restart (CPR)
cprod1d, zprod1d (3F) - Compute the product of a 1D Fourier transform with a 1D filter.
cprod2d, zprod2d (3F) - Compute the product of a 2D Fourier transforms with a 2D filter.
cprod3d, zprod3d (3F) - Compute the product of a 3D Fourier transforms with a 3D filter.
cprodm1d, zprodm1d (3F) - Compute the product of Multiple 1D Fourier transforms with Multiple 1D filters.
cpsema (D3X) - conditionally perform a "P" or wait semaphore operation
CPTCON (3F) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by CPTTRF
CPTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF and then calling CBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
CPTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPTSL (3F) - CPTSL given a positive definite tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side will find the solution.
CPTSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTSVX (3F) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
CPTTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B with a Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A using the factorization A = U**H*D*U or A = L*D*L**H computed by CPTTRF
cpumeter (1M) - control the CPU activity meter on the Onyx/Challenge L/XL LCD panel
CQRDC (3F) - CQRDC uses Householder transformations to compute the QR factorization of an N by P matrix X. Column pivoting based on the 2- norms of the reduced columns may be performed at the users option.
CQRSL (3F) - CQRSL applies the output of CQRDC to compute coordinate transformations, projections, and least squares solutions. For K .LE. MIN(N,P), let XK be the matrix
creat (2) - create a new file or rewrite an existing one
CRFFT2 (3F) - Calculate a complex-to-real Fourier synthesis/analysis.
cron (1M) - clock daemon
crontab (1) - user crontab file
crv (3G) - draws a curve
crvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
CRY2MIPS, MIPS2CRY (3F) - Converts Fortran data types between Cray Fortran data types and MIPS IEEE Fortran data types
crypt (1) - encode/decode
crypt (3X) - password and file encryption functions
CSICO (3F) - CSICO factors a complex symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CSIDI (3F) - CSIDI computes the determinant and inverse of a complex symmetric matrix using the factors from CSIFA.
CSIFA (3F) - CSIFA factors a complex symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
CSISL (3F) - CSISL solves the complex symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by CSIFA.
CSMG (3I) - Performs a conditional scalar merge
CSPCO (3F) - CSPCO factors a complex symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
CSPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPDI (3F) - CSPDI computes the determinant and inverse of a complex symmetric matrix using the factors from CSPFA, where the matrix is stored in packed form.
CSPFA (3F) - CSPFA factors a complex symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
csplit (1) - context split
CSPR (3F) - perform the symmetric rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
CSPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSPSL (3F) - CSISL solves the complex symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by CSPFA.
CSPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CSPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSROOT, SCSROOT (3F) - EISPACK auxiliary routine.
CSROT (3F) - CSROT applies the complex Givens rotation
CSRSCL (3F) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
CSTEDC (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
CSTEIN (3F) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
CSTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
CSVDC (3F) - CSVDC is a subroutine to reduce a complex NxP matrix X by unitary transformations U and V to diagonal form. The diagonal elements S(I) are the singular values of X. The columns of U are the corresponding left singular vectors, and the columns of V the right singular vectors.
CSYCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYR (3F) - perform the symmetric rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*( x' ) + A,
CSYRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSYSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYTF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
ctags (1) - create a tags file
CTBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTBRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
CTBTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctermid, ctermid_r (3S) - generate file name for terminal
CTGEVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
CTGSJA (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
ctime, localtime, gmtime, asctime, tzset, ctime_r, localtime_r, gmtime_r, asctime_r (3C) - convert date and time to string
CTPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTPRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
CTPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
CTPTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctrace (1) - C program debugger
CTRCO (3F) - CTRCO estimates the condition of a complex triangular matrix.
CTRCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTRDI (3F) - CTRDI computes the determinant and inverse of a complex triangular matrix.
CTREVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
CTREXC (3F) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTRRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
CTRSEN (3F) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
CTRSL (3F) - CTRSL solves systems of the form
CTRSNA (3F) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
CTRSYL (3F) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
CTRTI2 (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
CTRTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
CTRTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CTZRQF (3F) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
cu (1C) - call another UNIX system
CUNG2L (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNG2R (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGBR (3F) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by CGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
CUNGHR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CGEHRD
CUNGL2 (3F) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGLQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGQL (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGQR (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGR2 (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGRQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGTR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CHETRD
CUNM2L (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNM2R (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMBR (3F) - VECT = 'Q', CUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMHR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNML2 (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMLQ (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQL (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMR2 (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMRQ (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMTR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUPGTR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by CHPTRD using packed storage
CUPMTR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
curori (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curorigin (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curses (3X) - CRT screen handling and optimization package
curson, cursof (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
curson, cursoff (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
cursty (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curstype (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curs_addch: addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar (3X) - add a character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addchstr: addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr, mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr (3X) - add string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addstr: addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr, mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr (3X) - add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwch: addwch, waddwch, mvaddwch, mvwaddwch, echowchar, wechowchar (3X) - add a wchar_t character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwchstr: addwchstr, addwchnstr, waddwchstr, waddwchnstr, mvaddwchstr, mvaddwchnstr, mvwaddwchstr, mvwaddwchnstr (3X) - add string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addwstr: addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr, mvaddnwstr, mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr (3X) - add a string of wchar_t characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_attr: attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, standend, wstandend, standout, wstandout (3X) - curses character and window attribute control routines
curs_beep: beep, flash (3X) - curses bell and screen flash routines
curs_delch: delch, wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch (3X) - delete character under cursor in a curses window
curs_deleteln: deleteln, wdeleteln, insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, winsertln (3X) - delete and insert lines in a curses window
curs_getch: getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch (3X) - get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getstr: getstr, wgetstr, mvgetstr, mvwgetstr, wgetnstr (3X) - get character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwch: getwch, wgetwch, mvgetwch, mvwgetwch, ungetwch (3X) - get (or push back) wchar_t characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwstr: getwstr, getnwstr, wgetwstr, wgetnwstr, mvgetwstr, mvgetnwstr, mvwgetwstr, mvwgetnwstr (3X) - get wchar_t character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getyx: getyx, getparyx, getbegyx, getmaxyx (3X) - get curses cursor and window coordinates
curs_inch: inch, winch, mvinch, mvwinch (3X) - get a character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inchstr: inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr, mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr (3X) - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_insch: insch, winsch, mvinsch, mvwinsch (3X) - insert a character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_insstr: insstr, insnstr, winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr, mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr (3X) - insert string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_instr: instr, innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwinstr, mvwinnstr (3X) - get a string of characters from a curses window
curs_inswch: inswch, winswch, mvinswch, mvwinswch (3X) - insert a wchar_t character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inswstr: inswstr, insnwstr, winswstr, winsnwstr, mvinswstr, mvinsnwstr, mvwinswstr, mvwinsnwstr (3X) - insert wchar_t string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inwch: inwch, winwch, mvinwch, mvwinwch (3X) - get a wchar_t character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inwchstr: inwchstr, inwchnstr, winwchstr, winwchnstr, mvinwchstr, mvinwchnstr, mvwinwchstr, mvwinwchnstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_inwstr: inwstr, innwstr, winwstr, winnwstr, mvinwstr, mvinnwstr, mvwinwstr, mvwinnwstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters from a curses window
DBDSQR (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBE (3X11) - Double Buffer Extension
dbg, debug (4) - the debug filesystem
DBLE, DFLOAT (3M) - Converts to type double precision
dbm: dbminit, dbminit64, dbmclose, dbmclose64, fetch, fetch64, store, store64, delete, delete64, firstkey, firstkey64, nextkey, nextkey64 (3B) - data base subroutines
dbopen (3) - database access methods
dbtext (3G) - sets the dial and button box text display
dbx (1) - a source-level debugger
dbxhang (1) - start a process without really starting it
DB_File (3) - Perl5 access to Berkeley DB version 1.x
dc (1) - an arbitrary precision calculator
DCHDC (3F) - DCHDC computes the Cholesky decomposition of a positive definite matrix. A pivoting option allows the user to estimate the condition of a positive definite matrix or determine the rank of a positive semidefinite matrix.
DCHDD (3F) - DCHDD downdates an augmented Cholesky decomposition or the triangular factor of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, DCHDD determines an orthogonal matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
DCHEX (3F) - DCHEX updates the Cholesky factorization
DCHUD (3F) - DCHUD updates an augmented Cholesky decomposition of the triangular part of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, DCHUD determines a untiary matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
DDISNA (3F) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
dev_to_devname (2) - determine the device name for the device
dev_to_drivername (2) - determine the driver name for the device
df (1) - report number of free disk blocks
dfft1du, sfft1du (3F) - 1D Real to Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
dfft2du, sfft2du (3F) - 2D Real to Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
dfft3du, sfft3du (3F) - 3D Real to Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
dfftm1du, sfftm1du (3F) - Multiple 1D, Real to Complex Fast Fourier Transform.
DGBBRD (3F) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGBCO (3F) - DGBCO factors a double precision band matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DGBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
DGBDI (3F) - DGBDI computes the determinant of a band matrix using the factors computed by DGBCO or DGBFA. If the inverse is needed, use DGBSL N times.
DGBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGBFA (3F) - DGBFA factors a double precision band matrix by elimination.
DGBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGBSL (3F) - DGBSL solves the double precision band system A * X = B or TRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by DGBCO or DGBFA.
DGBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DGBSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
DGBTF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGBTRF
DGEBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by DGEBAL
DGEBAL (3F) - balance a general real matrix A
DGEBD2 (3F) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGEBRD (3F) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGECO (3F) - DGECO factors a double precision matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DGECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGEDI (3F) - DGEDI computes the determinant and inverse of a matrix using the factors computed by DGECO or DGEFA.
DGEEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGEES (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEESX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEEV (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEEVX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEFA (3F) - DGEFA factors a double precision matrix by Gaussian elimination.
DGEGS (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices A, B
DGEGV (3F) - compute for a pair of n-by-n real nonsymmetric matrices A and B, the generalized eigenvalues (alphar +/- alphai*i, beta), and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors (VL and VR)
DGEHD2 (3F) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGEHRD (3F) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGELQ2 (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGELQF (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGELS (3F) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
DGELSS (3F) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGELSX (3F) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGERQ2 (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGERQF (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGESL (3F) - DGESL solves the double precision system A * X = B or TRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by DGECO or DGEFA.
DGESV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGESVD (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
DGESVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGETF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGGBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by DGGBAL
DGGBAL (3F) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
DGGGLM (3F) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
DGGHRD (3F) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
DGGLSE (3F) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
DGGQRF (3F) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
DGGRQF (3F) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
DGGSVD (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
DGGSVP (3F) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
dglclo (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dglclose (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dgld (1M) - Graphics Library server
dglope (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
dglopen (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
DGTCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by DGTTRF
DGTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGTSL (3F) - DGTSL given a general tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side will find the solution.
DGTSV (3F) - solve the equation A*X = B,
DGTSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DGTTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
DGTTRS (3F) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
dhcpdb (1M) - DHCP database manager
dhcp_bootp (1M) - proclaim server for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
dhcp_relay (1M) - proclaim relay-agent for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHGEQZ (3F) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A (3F) - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
DHSEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DHSEQR (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
diagnostics (1) - Perl compiler pragma to force verbose warning diagnostics
diagnostics (3) - Perl compiler pragma to force verbose warning diagnostics
diagsetup (1M) - control the contents of the diag user's running of cached and onlinediag
dial (3C) - establish an out-going terminal line connection
diff (1) - differential file and directory comparator
diff3 (1) - 3-way differential file comparison
DIFFsource (5) - archive of DIFF sources
difftime (3C) - compute difference between two calendar times
DIGITS (3I) - Returns the number of significant digits
ditherstiff (1) - dither (halftone) an 8 bit stream TIFF file using error diffusion dither
div, ldiv (3C) - perform integer division
dki_dcache_inval (D3X) - invalidate the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dki_dcache_wb (D3X) - write back the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dki_dcache_wbinval (D3X) - write back and invalidate the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dkprobe (1) - probe all configured disks
dks, jag (7M) - dksc (SCSI) disk driver
dkstat (1) - report disk I/O statistics
DLABAD (3F) - take as input the values computed by SLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
DLABRD (3F) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLACON (3F) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
DLACPY (3F) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
DLADIV (3F) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
DLAE2 (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEBZ (3F) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
DLAED0 (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DLAED1 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED2 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED3 (3F) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
DLAED4 (3F) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLAED5 (3F) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO The diagonal elements in the array D are assumed to satisfy D(i) < D(j) for i < j
DLAED6 (3F) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
DLAED7 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED8 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED9 (3F) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
DLAEDA (3F) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
DLAEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DLAEV2 (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEXC (3F) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DLAG2 (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A (3F) - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
DLAGS2 (3F) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
DLAGTF (3F) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T (3F) - lambda*I = PLU,
DLAGTM (3F) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
DLAGTS (3F) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T (3F) - lambda*I)'*x = y,
DLAHQR (3F) - i an auxiliary routine called by DHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by DHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
DLAHRD (3F) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
DLAIC1 (3F) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
DLALN2 (3F) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
DLAMRG (3F) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
DLANGB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
DLANGE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
DLANGT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
DLANHS (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
DLANSB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
DLANSP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANST (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DLANSY (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
DLANTB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
DLANTP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANTR (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
DLANV2 (3F) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
DLAPLL (3F) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
DLAPMT (3F) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
DLAPY2 (3F) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAPY3 (3F) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAQGB (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQGE (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQSB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSP (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSY (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQTR (3F) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
DLAR2V (3F) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
DLARF (3F) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFB (3F) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFG (3F) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
DLARFT (3F) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
DLARFX (3F) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARGV (3F) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARNV (3F) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
DLARTG (3F) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
DLARTV (3F) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARUV (3F) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
DLAS2 (3F) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASCL (3F) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
DLASET (3F) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
DLASQ1 (3F) - DLASQ1 computes the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
DLASQ2 (3F) - DLASQ2 computes the singular values of a real N-by-N unreduced bidiagonal matrix with squared diagonal elements in Q and squared off- diagonal elements in E
DLASQ3 (3F) - DLASQ3 is the workhorse of the whole bidiagonal SVD algorithm
DLASQ4 (3F) - DLASQ4 estimates TAU, the smallest eigenvalue of a matrix
DLASR (3F) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
DLASRT (3F) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
DLASSQ (3F) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
DLASV2 (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASWP (3F) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
DLASY2 (3F) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
DLASYF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DLATBS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
DLATPS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
DLATRD (3F) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLATRS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
DLATZM (3F) - applie a Householder matrix generated by DTZRQF to a matrix
DLAUU2 (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
DLAUUM (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
dlclose (3C) - close a shared object
dlerror (3C) - get diagnostic information
dlook (1) - a tool for showing memory and process placement
dlopen (3C) - open a shared object
dlpi (7) - data link provider interface
dlsym (3C) - get the address of a symbol in shared object
dmACConvert (3dm) - convert audio data format, sampling rate and compression
dmACCreate, dmACDestroy (3dm) - create/destroy a DMaudioconverter handle used for audio format conversion.
dmACGetMinInputSize, dmACGetMinOutputSize (3dm) - auxiliary routines for querying input and output buffer sizes for dmACConvert.
dmACReset (3dm) - reset a DMaudioconverter handle to its default state
dmACSetParams, dmACGetParams (3dm) - set/get the Audio Converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConvert (3dm) - convert data sampling rate. It consumes an input buffer of floats and generates an output buffer of floats.
dmAudioRateConverterCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMaudiorateconverter structure
dmAudioRateConverterDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an audio converter
dmAudioRateConverterGetParams (3dm) - get rate converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConverterReset (3dm) - fill internal buffers with constant value
dmAudioRateConverterSetParams (3dm) - set rate converter parameter values
dma_map (D3X) - load DMA mapping registers for an imminent transfer
dma_mapaddr (D3X) - return the "bus virtual" address for a given map and address
dma_mapalloc (D3X) - allocate a DMA map
dma_mapfree (D3X) - free a DMA map
DMbuffer, DMbufferpool (4) - Digital Media data transport subsystem
dmBufferAllocate, dmBufferAllocateSize, dmBufferAttach, dmBufferFree, dmBufferGetAllocSize (3dm) - allocate and free a DMbuffer
dmBufferGetGLPoolParams (3dm) - configures pool parameters required for use by graphics
dmBufferGetImageType, dmBufferSetImageType (3dm) - set and get the DMimagetype of a DMbuffer
dmColorSetSubsamplingFilter, dmColorGetSubsamplingFilter (3dm) - set/get the subsampling filter type.
dmconvert (1) - digital media file conversion utility
dmDVAudioDecode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio decompression
dmDVAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudiodecoder structure
dmDVAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudiodecoder
dmDVAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio encode
dmDVAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudioencoder structure
dmDVAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudioencoder
dmDVAudioEncoderGetFrameSize (3dm) - get DV audio encoder frame size
dmDVAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioHeaderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecode (3dm) - decode audio data compressed using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM decompression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudiodecoder structure
dmDVIAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudiodecoder
dmDVIAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncode (3dm) - compress audio data using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM compression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudioencoder structure
dmDVIAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudioencoder
dmDVIAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio encoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio encoder parameter values
dmedia, dmIntro (3dm) - Introduction to the IRIS Digital Media Libraries
dmFS1016Decode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016decoder structure
dmFS1016DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016decoder
dmFS1016DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 decoder parameter values
dmFS1016DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 decoder parameter values.
dmFS1016Encode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016encoder structure
dmFS1016EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016encoder
dmFS1016EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 encoder parameter values
dmFS1016EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 encoder parameter values.
dmFXAllocateImageBuffers, dmFXFreeImageBuffers (3dm) - create and destroy image buffers for special effects
DMFXDialog (3dm) - A dialog class for plugins
dmFXDrawPixels, dmFXConvolve, dmFXScaleBias, dmFXMatrixMultiply (3dm) - pixel transfer operations for special effects
dmFXGetDataPtr, dmFXGetRowLength (3dm) - return a pointer to the pixels stored in a DMfxbuffer
dmFXGetDMBuffer (3dm) - return the DMbuffer associated with a DMfxbuffer
DMFXImageViewer (3dm) - An image viewer class for plugins
dmFXIsGLExtensionSupported (3dm) - Find out if a GL Extension is supported
dmFXJoinFields (3dm) - join two fields into a single frame
dmFXMergeResources (3dm) - load and merge plugin resources with those of the parent application
dmFXMovieRenderImage, dmFXMovieInsertImage, dmFXMovieRenderFields, dmFXMovieInsertFields (3dm) - transfer images between movies and special effects
dmG722Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 decompression.
dmG722DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722decoder structure
dmG722DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722decoder
dmG722DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 decoder parameter values
dmG722DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG722Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 compression.
dmG722EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722encoder structure
dmG722EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722encoder
dmG722EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 encoder parameter values
dmG722EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726Decode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM decompression for input compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s and output data of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu-law, or linear PCM. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726decoder structure
dmG726DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726decoder
dmG726DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726Encode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM compression for input of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu- law, or linear data and output of compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726encoder structure
dmG726EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726encoder
dmG726EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 encoder parameter values
dmG726EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 encoder parameter values
dmG728Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 decompression (LD-CELP).
dmG728DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728decoder structure
dmG728DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728decoder
dmG728DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 decoder parameter values
dmG728DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG728DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G728 decoder parameter values.
dmG728Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 compression (LD-CELP).
dmG728EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728encoder structure
dmG728EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728encoder
dmG728EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 encoder parameter values
dmG728EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGetError, dmGetErrorForPID (3dm) - retrieve an error number, message, and detail for Digital Media errors
dmGetUST, dmGetUSTCurrentTimePair (3dm) - get digital media Unadjusted System Time (UST)
dmGSMDecode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMdecoder structure
dmGSMDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMdecoder
dmGSMDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM decoder parameter values
dmGSMDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGSMEncode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMencoder structure
dmGSMEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMencoder
dmGSMEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM encoder parameter values
dmGSMEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmi (2) - DMAPI internal system call
dmICAnyToAny, (3dm) - Any to Any image conversion utility function
dmICChooseConverter (3dm) - return an image converter that matches specified image parameters
dmICCreate, dmICDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy image converter context
dmNetDataFd (3dm) - return FD associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetGetParams (3dm) - Get DMparams associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetOpen, dmNetClose (3dm) - open/close a dmNet connection to another process
dmNetRegisterPool, dmNetRegisterBuffer (3dm) - register memory with dmNet
dmNetSend, dmNetRecv (3dm) - send and receive DMbuffers
dmParams: dmParamsCreate, dmParamsDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsFlatten, dmParamsUnflatten (3dm) - convert digital media parameter lists to and from byte strings
dmParamsGetElem, dmParamsGetElemType (3dm) - obsolete functions to get indexed elements in a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsGetInt, dmParamsGetEnum, dmParamsGetString, dmParamsGetBinary, dmParamsGetFloat, dmParamsGetFract, dmParamsGetParams (3dm) - get values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntArray, dmParamsGetEnumArray, dmParamsGetStringArray, dmParamsGetFloatArray, dmParamsGetFractArray (3dm) - get arrays of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntRange, dmParamsGetFloatRange, dmParamsGetFractRange (3dm) - get ranges of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetNumElems, dmParamsGetType, dmParamsIsPresent, dmParamsCopyElem, dmParamsCopyAllElems, dmParamsRemoveElem (3dm) - manipulate the contents of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsScan (3dm) - scan all entries of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsSetInt, dmParamsSetEnum, dmParamsSetString, dmParamsSetBinary, dmParamsSetFloat, dmParamsSetFract, dmParamsSetParams (3dm) - set values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntArray, dmParamsSetEnumArray, dmParamsSetStringArray, dmParamsSetFloatArray, dmParamsSetFractArray (3dm) - set array values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntRange, dmParamsSetFloatRange, dmParamsSetFractRange (3dm) - set range values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmplay (1) - digital media file player utility
dmPMConvertToByteStream (3dm) - saves away a special effect as a byte stream
dmPMCreateEffect, dmPMCreateEffectByName, dmPMDestroyEffect (3dm) - create and destroy special effects
dmPMCreateFromByteStream (3dm) - recreates a special effect from a byte stream
dmPMCreateManager, dmPMDestroyManager (3dm) - create and destroy special effects plugin-manager
dmPMGetAppShell (3dm) - retrieves the app shell widget used by the plugin- manager
dmPMGetDefaultPluginPathForType (3dm) - return the default path for plugins of a specific type
dmPMGetName, dmPMGetLocalName, dmPMGetPrefix, dmPMGetPathname, dmPMGetType (3dm) - retrieve the name, prefix, pathname or type of a plugin
dmPMGetPlugin, dmPMGetPluginByName, dmPMGetPluginByPathname, dmPMGetPluginFromEffect (3dm) - retrieve a pointer to a special effects plugin
dmPMGetPluginCount (3dm) - returns the number of initialized plugins
dmPMGetProperty (3dm) - retrieves a property of the specified plugin
dmPMGetSourceAUsage, dmPMGetSourceBUsage, dmPMGetDestUsage (3dm) - retrieves the usage bitmask of the plugin
dmPMHasDialog (3dm) - determine whether or not a plugin has a setup dialog
dmPMInitDirectory, dmPMInitDirectoryWithProgress (3dm) - initializes a directory of plugins
dmPMInitPlugin, dmPMFreePlugin, dmPMFreeAllPlugins (3dm) - initializes and frees plugins
dmPMProcessImageClip, dmPMProcessImageClipWithProgress (3dm) - apply special effects to movies
dmPMSetAudioCallback, dmPMSetVideoCallback (3dm) - sets the audio and video callbacks
domainname (1) - set or display name of current NIS domain
dominance (5) - MAC label comparison policy
DOPGTR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by DSPTRD using packed storage
DOPMTR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
dopup (3G) - displays the specified pop-up menu
DORG2L (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORG2R (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGBR (3F) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by DGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
DORGHR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DGEHRD
DORGL2 (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGLQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGQL (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGQR (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGR2 (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGRQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGTR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DSYTRD
DORM2L (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORM2R (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMBR (3F) - VECT = 'Q', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMHR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORML2 (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMLQ (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQL (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMR2 (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMRQ (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMTR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
dotgen (6D) - make an image of two crossed sinusoidal wave patterns
DOT_PRODUCT (3I) - Performs dot-product multiplication of numeric or logical vectors
double (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
doublebuffer (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
DPBCO (3F) - DPBCO factors a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix stored in band form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DPBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
DPBDI (3F) - DPBDI computes the determinant of a double precision symmetric positive definite band matrix using the factors computed by DPBCO or DPBFA. If the inverse is needed, use DPBSL N times.
DPBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPBFA (3F) - DPBFA factors a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix stored in band form.
DPBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPBSL (3F) - DPBSL solves the double precision symmetric positive definite band system A*X = B using the factors computed by DPBCO or DPBFA.
DPBSTF (3F) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
dplace (1) - a NUMA memory placement tool
dplace (5) - NUMA placement specification
dplace_file, dplace_line, libdplace (3) - a library interface to dplace
DPOCO (3F) - DPOCO factors a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DPOCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPODI (3F) - DPODI computes the determinant and inverse of a certain double precision symmetric positive definite matrix (see below) using the factors computed by DPOCO, DPOFA or DQRDC.
DPOEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPORFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
DPOSL (3F) - DPOSL solves the double precision symmetric positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by DPOCO or DPOFA.
DPOSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPPCO (3F) - DPPCO factors a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix stored in packed form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DPPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPDI (3F) - DPPDI computes the determinant and inverse of a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix using the factors computed by DPPCO or DPPFA .
DPPEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPPFA (3F) - DPPFA factors a double precision symmetric positive definite matrix stored in packed form.
DPPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPPSL (3F) - DPPSL solves the double precision symmetric positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by DPPCO or DPPFA.
DPPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
DPPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
dps (1) - Display PostScript imaging for the X Window System
dpsclock (1) - analog / digital clock using DPS
DPTCON (3F) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by DPTTRF
DPTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF, and then calling DBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
DPTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPTSL (3F) - DPTSL, given a positive definite symmetric tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side, will find the solution.
DPTSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTSVX (3F) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
DPTTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B with a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by DPTTRF
DQRDC (3F) - DQRDC uses Householder transformations to compute the QR factorization of an N by P matrix X. Column pivoting based on the 2- norms of the reduced columns may be performed at the user's option.
DQRSL (3F) - DQRSL applies the output of DQRDC to compute coordinate transformations, projections, and least squares solutions. For K .LE. MIN(N,P), let XK be the matrix
drotmg, srotmg (3F) - BLAS Level-1. Compute the elements of a modified Givens plane rotation.
DRSCL (3F) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
drv_getparm (D3) - retrieve kernel state information
drv_hztousec (D3) - convert clock ticks to microseconds
drv_priv (D3) - determine whether credentials are privileged
drv_setparm (D3) - set kernel state information
drv_usectohz (D3) - convert microseconds to clock ticks
drv_usecwait (D3) - busy-wait for specified interval
ds (7M) - generic (user mode) SCSI driver
DSBEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
DSBGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSICO (3F) - DSICO factors a double precision symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DSIDI (3F) - DSIDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a double precision symmetric matrix using the factors from DSIFA.
DSIFA (3F) - DSIFA factors a double precision symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
DSISL (3F) - DSISL solves the double precision symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by DSIFA.
dslib: dsopen, dsclose (3X) - communicate with generic SCSI devices
DSO (5) - Dynamic Shared Object
DSPCO (3F) - DSPCO factors a double precision symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
DSPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPDI (3F) - DSPDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a double precision symmetric matrix using the factors from DSPFA, where the matrix is stored in packed form.
DSPEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPFA (3F) - DSPFA factors a double precision symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
DSPGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
DSPGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSPSL (3F) - DSISL solves the double precision symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by DSPFA.
DSPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DSPTRD (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSTEBZ (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEDC (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DSTEIN (3F) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
DSTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
DSTERF (3F) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
DSTEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSTEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
DSTEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSVDC (3F) - DSVDC is a subroutine to reduce a double precision NxP matrix X by orthogonal transformations U and V to diagonal form. The diagonal elements S(I) are the singular values of X. The columns of U are the corresponding left singular vectors, and the columns of V the right singular vectors.
DSYCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYGS2 (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
dsyrk, ssyrk, zsyrk, csyrk (3F) - BLAS level three Symmetric Rank K Update.
DSYSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYTD2 (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRD (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DTaddcallback (3dm) - set a callback for the DAT audio data parser
DTatotime (3dm) - convert ASCII string to timecode
DTBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
dtbmv, stbmv, ztbmv, ctbmv, dtbsv, stbsv, ztbsv, ctbsv (3F) - BLAS Level Two Matrix-Vector Product and Solution of System of Equations.
DTBRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
DTBTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTcreateparser (3dm) - creates a DAT audio data parser
DTdeleteparser (3dm) - deletes a DAT audio data parser
DTframetohmsf (3dm) - convert DAT frame number to hours, minutes, seconds, frame
DTframetotc (3dm) - convert frame number to timecode
DTGEVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
DTGSJA (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
DThmsftoframe (3dm) - convert hours, minutes, seconds, frame to DAT frame number.
dtimeout (D3) - execute a function on a specified processor after a specified length of time
DTinctime (3dm) - increment a DAT time code
DTintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics DAT Audio Library (DT)
dtl2sgft (1) - Online Documentation Administration Utility for InfoSearch
dtlbook2html (1M) - Create a HTML representation of a book from a Dynaweb server
DTparseframe (3dm) - parse a frame of DAT audio data
DTPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
dtpmv, stpmv, ztpmv, ctpmv, dtpsv, stpsv, ztpsv, ctpsv (3F) - BLAS Level Two Matrix-Vector Product and Solution of System of Equations
DTpnotodec (3dm) - convert BCD program number to decimal
DTPRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
DTPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
DTPTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTRCO (3F) - DTRCO estimates the condition of a double precision triangular matrix.
DTRCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTRDI (3F) - DTRDI computes the determinant and inverse of a double precision triangular matrix.
dtrebuild (1M) - ``desktop'' maintenance of AppleShare volumes
DTremovecallback (3dm) - remove a callback from the DAT audio data parser
DTresetparser (3dm) - resets a DAT audio data parser
DTREVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
DTREXC (3F) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
dtrmv, strmv, ztrmv, ctrmv, dtrsv, strsv, ztrsv, ctrsv (3F) - BLAS Level Two Matrix-Vector Product and Solution of system of equations.
DTRRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
DTRSEN (3F) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
DTRSL (3F) - DTRSL solves systems of the form
dtrsm, strsm, ztrsm, ctrsm (3F) - BLAS level three Solution of Systems of Equations
DTRSNA (3F) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
DTRSYL (3F) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
DTRTI2 (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
DTRTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A
DTRTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTsbtoa (3dm) - convert six-bit country and owner codes to ASCII string
DTsetdate (3dm) - set a date pack to the current time
dtshutdown (1M) - Notify desktop and shutdown the system
dtSounds (1) - customization panel for controlling desktop & system sounds
DTtctoframe (3dm) - convert DAT timecode structure to DAT frame number.
DTtcvalid (3dm) - check a dat timecode for validity
DTtimetoa (3dm) - convert timecode to ASCII string
dtUtilities (1) - customization panel for choosing viewers & editors
DTZRQF (3F) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations
du (1M) - summarize disk usage
duart (7) - on-board serial ports
dump, dumpdates (5) - incremental dump format
dump, rdump (1M) - incremental filesystem backup for EFS filesystems
dumpcounts (1) - print out pixie .Counts file structure
duotone (6D) - make a color duotone image from a black and white image
dup (2) - duplicate an open file descriptor
dup2 (3C) - duplicate an open file descriptor
dupb (D3) - duplicate a message block
dupmsg (D3) - duplicate a message
dvhtool (1M) - modify and obtain disk volume header information
dwarf (4) - dwarf version 2 debugging information format
dwarfdump - dumps DWARF debug information of an ELF object
DxfToIv (1) - converts an Autodesk Data Exchange File format (.DXF) file to Open Inventor 2.0 format
DynaLoader (3) - Dynamically load C libraries into Perl code
dynaweb (1M) - Inso Technology's IRIS InSight Dynaweb Server Extension
DZSUM1 (3F) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a double precision result
ecadmin (1) - configure and control the global event counters
echo (1) - echo arguments
ecstats (1) - report global event counter activity
ecvt, fcvt, gcvt, ecvt_r, fcvt_r, ecvtl, fcvtl, gcvtl, ecvtl_r, fcvtl_r (3C) - convert floating-point number to string
ed, red (1) - text editor
edit (1) - text editor (variant of ex for casual users)
editob (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
editobj (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
editres (1) - a dynamic resource editor for X Toolkit applications
elf_version (3E) - coordinate ELF library and application versions
elf_xlate: elf32_xlatetof, elf32_xlatetom,elf64_xlatetof, elf64_xlatetom (3E) - class-dependent data translation
ELMBAK, SELMBAK (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a REAL GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding upper Hessenberg matrix determined by ELMHES.
elmhes, selmhes (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a REAL GENERAL matrix, this subroutine reduces a submatrix situated in rows and columns LOW through IGH to upper Hessenberg form by stabilized elementary similarity transformations.
ELSPEC (5) - ELF Layout specification
ELTRAN, SELTRAN (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine accumulates the stabilized elementary similarity transformations used in the reduction of a REAL GENERAL matrix to upper Hessenberg form by ELMHES.
fglIndexd, fglIndexf, fglIndexi, fglIndexs, fglIndexub, fglIndexdv, fglIndexfv, fglIndexiv, fglIndexsv, fglIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
fglIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
fglIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
fglInstrumentsBufferSGIX, fglStartInstrumentsSGIX, fglReadInstrumentsSGIX, fglStopInstrumentsSGIX, fglPollInstrumentsSGIX, fglGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
fglInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
fglIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
fglIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
fglIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglLightf, fglLighti, fglLightfv, fglLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
fglLightModelf, fglLightModeli, fglLightModelfv, fglLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
fglLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
fglLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
fglListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for fglCallLists
fglListParameterfSGIX, fglListParameteriSGIX, fglListParameterfvSGIX, fglListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
fglLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
fglLoadMatrixd, fglLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
fglLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
fglMap1d, fglMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
fglMap2d, fglMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
fglMapGrid1d, fglMapGrid1f, fglMapGrid2d, fglMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
fglMaterialf, fglMateriali, fglMaterialfv, fglMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
fglMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
fglMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
fglMultMatrixd, fglMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglNewList, fglEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
fglNormal3b, fglNormal3d, fglNormal3f, fglNormal3i, fglNormal3s, fglNormal3bv, fglNormal3dv, fglNormal3fv, fglNormal3iv, fglNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
fglNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
fglNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
fglOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
fglPassThrough (3G) - place a marker in the feedback buffer
fglPixelMapfv, fglPixelMapuiv, fglPixelMapusv (3G) - set up pixel transfer maps
fglPixelStoref, fglPixelStorei (3G) - set pixel storage modes
fglPixelTexGenSGIX (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates from pixel groups
fglPixelTransferf, fglPixelTransferi (3G) - set pixel transfer modes
fglPixelZoom (3G) - specify the pixel zoom factors
fglPointParameterfSGIS, fglPointParameterfvSGIS (3G) - set point parameters
fglPointSize (3G) - specify the diameter of rasterized points
fglPolygonMode (3G) - select a polygon rasterization mode
fglPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
fglPolygonOffsetEXT (3G) - set parameters used to offset polygon depth
fglPolygonStipple (3G) - set the polygon stippling pattern
fglPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPrioritizeTexturesEXT (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPushAttrib, fglPopAttrib (3G) - push and pop the attribute stack
fglPushClientAttrib, fglPopClientAttrib (3G) - push and pop the client attribute stack
fglPushMatrix, fglPopMatrix (3G) - push and pop the current matrix stack
fglPushName, fglPopName (3G) - push and pop the name stack
fglVertexPointer (3G) - define an array of vertex data
fglVertexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of vertex data
fglViewport (3G) - set the viewport
fgrep (1) - search a file for a character string
fieldmerge (6D) - merge two field images into one frame
FIGI, SFIGI (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a NONSYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix such that the products of corresponding pairs of off-diagonal elements are all non-negative, this subroutine reduces it to a symmetric tridiagonal matrix with the same eigenvalues. If, further, a zero product only occurs when both factors are zero, the reduced matrix is similar to the original matrix.
FIGI2, SFIGI2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a NONSYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix such that the products of corresponding pairs of off-diagonal elements are all non-negative, and zero only when both factors are zero, this subroutine reduces it to a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix using and accumulating diagonal similarity transformations.
file (1) - determine file type
file (3Tcl) - Manipulate file names and attributes
File::Compare (3) - Compare files or filehandles
File::Copy (3) - Copy files or filehandles
File::DosGlob (3) - DOS like globbing and then some
File::Path (3) - create or remove a series of directories
File::stat (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in stat() functions
filebuf (3C++) - buffer for file I/O.
FileCache (3) - keep more files open than the system permits
fileevent (3Tk) - Execute a script when a file becomes readable or writable
FileHandle (3) - supply object methods for filehandles
filename_to_devname (2) - determine the device name for the device file
filename_to_drivername (2) - determine the device name for the device file
fileparse (3) - split a pathname into pieces
files (7P) - local files name service parser library
FilesystemManager (1M) - view and manage filesystems
fpgetmask, fpgetround, fpgetsticky, fpsetmask, fpsetround, fpsetsticky (3C) - fetch/set subfields of floating-point control status register of MIPS floating-point units
fpmode (1) - run a command in specified floating point and/or memory mode
fp_class, fp_class_d, fp_class_f (3C) - classes of IEEE floating-point values
FRACTION (3I) - Returns the fractional part of the numeric model representation of the argument value
frame (3Tk) - Create and manipulate frame widgets
fread, fwrite (3S) - binary input/output
freeb (D3) - free a message block
freemsg (D3) - free a message
freepu (3G) - deallocates a menu
freepup (3G) - deallocates a menu
freerbuf (D3) - free a raw buffer header
freesema (D3X) - free the resources associated with a semaphore
glIndexd, glIndexf, glIndexi, glIndexs, glIndexub, glIndexdv, glIndexfv, glIndexiv, glIndexsv, glIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
glIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
glIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
glInstrumentsBufferSGIX, glStartInstrumentsSGIX, glReadInstrumentsSGIX, glStopInstrumentsSGIX, glPollInstrumentsSGIX, glGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
glInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
glIntro (3G) - Introduction to OpenGL
glio_group_mpi, glio_group_shmem (3F) - Defines a group of processes to be associated with a global file.
glIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
glIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
glIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glLightf, glLighti, glLightfv, glLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
glLightModelf, glLightModeli, glLightModelfv, glLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
glLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
glLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
glListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for glCallLists
glListParameterfSGIX, glListParameteriSGIX, glListParameterfvSGIX, glListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
glLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
glLoadMatrixd, glLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
glLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
glLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
glMap1d, glMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
glMap2d, glMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
glMapGrid1d, glMapGrid1f, glMapGrid2d, glMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
glMaterialf, glMateriali, glMaterialfv, glMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
glMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
glMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
glMultMatrixd, glMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
glNewList, glEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
glNormal3b, glNormal3d, glNormal3f, glNormal3i, glNormal3s, glNormal3bv, glNormal3dv, glNormal3fv, glNormal3iv, glNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
glNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
glNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
glob (3G) - generate pathnames matching a pattern
glob (3Tcl) - Return names of files that match patterns
global (3Tcl) - Access global variables
glOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
help (1) - ask for help about SCCS error messages and commands
hgram (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute a histogram
hiliteKeys (1) - apply a colored HTML font tag to keywords
hinv (1M) - hardware inventory command
hipass3 (6D) - high pass filter an image
hist (6D) - compute and display the histogram of an image file.
histeq (6D) - histogram equalize an image file
history (3Tcl) - Manipulate the history list
hitachi (7) - driver for Hitachi HDG-J series tablets
hostid (1) - set or print identifier of current host system
HostManager (1M) - Host Manager
hostname (1) - set or print name of current host system
hostname (5) - hostname resolution description
hosts (4) - hostname-address database
hosts.equiv, rhosts (4) - trusted hosts by system and by user
hot-convert (1) - Utility to convert Mosaic hotlists
hpnpf, nethandler (1) - network peripheral filter
HQR, SHQR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a REAL UPPER Hessenberg matrix by the QR method.
HQR2, SHQR2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a REAL UPPER Hessenberg matrix by the QR method. The eigenvectors of a REAL GENERAL matrix can also be found if ELMHES and ELTRAN or ORTHES and ORTRAN have been used to reduce this general matrix to Hessenberg form and to accumulate the similarity transformations.
hstgrm (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute a histogram
htmake (1) - create a web site from a source document tree
html2ps (1) - convert HTML to PostScript
htonl, htons, ntohl, ntohs (3N) - convert values between host and network byte order
HTRIB3, SHTRIB3 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a COMPLEX HERMITIAN matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding real symmetric tridiagonal matrix determined by HTRID3.
HTRIBK, SHTRIBK (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a COMPLEX HERMITIAN matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding real symmetric tridiagonal matrix determined by HTRIDI.
HTRID3, SHTRID3 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a COMPLEX HERMITIAN matrix, stored as a single square array, to a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix using unitary similarity transformations.
HTRIDI, SHTRIDI (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a COMPLEX HERMITIAN matrix to a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix using unitary similarity transformations.
htsmall (1) - create an index for a web site from a data definition
HUGE (3I) - Returns the largest number in the integer or real numeric model
hwcpin (D3X) - copy data from I/O devices using 16-bit reads
hwcpout (D3X) - copy data to I/O devices using 16-bit writes
hwgraph, hwgfs (4) - hardware graph and hardware graph file system
hwgraph.admin: device_admin_info_get, device_driver_admin_info_get (D3X) - retrieve administrative information for device driver
hwgraph.dev: hwgraph_block_device_add, hwgraph_char_device_add, hwgraph_chmod, device_info_set, device_info_get (D3X) - create and use device vertex
hwgraph.inv: device_inventory_add, device_inventory_get_next, device_controller_num_get, device_controller_num_set (D3X) - device inventory information
hwgraph.lblinfo: hwgraph_info_add_LBL, hwgraph_info_remove_LBL, hwgraph_info_replace_LBL, hwgraph_info_get_LBL, hwgraph_info_export_LBL, hwgraph_info_unexport_LBL (D3X) - manage labelled info in the hwgraph
hwgraph.legacy: gio_hwgraph_lookup, io4_hwgraph_lookup, vme_hwgraph_lookup (D3X) - legacy device hardware support
hwgraph.net: if_hwgraph_add, if_hwgraph_alias_add, if_hwgraph_alias_remove (D3X) - network device information
imprint (1) - converts text files to PostScript, similar to Adobe enscript(tm)
impZeroRow, impInitRow, impCopyRow, impSAddRow, impVAddRow, impSSubRow, impVSubRow, impSMulRow, impSDivRow, impClampRow (3) - math operations on image rows
IMTQL1, SIMTQL1 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the implicit QL method.
IMTQL2, SIMTQL2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the implicit QL method. The eigenvectors of a FULL SYMMETRIC matrix can also be found if TRED2 has been used to reduce this full matrix to tridiagonal form.
IMTQLV, SIMTQLV (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is a variant of IMTQL1.
incr (3Tcl) - Increment the value of a variable
incrTcl (3Tcl) - Object-oriented extensions to Tcl
index (3F) - return location of FORTRAN substring
INDEX (3I) - Determines the starting location of a character substring in a string
insightAdmin (1) - The IRIS InSight Online Documentation Administration Utility
insq (D3) - insert a message into a queue
insque, remque (3C) - insert/remove element from a queue
inst (1M) - software installation tool
install (1) - install files in directories
installf (1M) - add a file to the software installation database
installfoliofonts (6D) - Install POSTSCRIPT outline font and font metric file from Adobe Font Folio CD-ROM.
installpcfonts (6D) - Install POSTSCRIPT fonts from Adobe IBM PC font packages
integer (3) - Perl pragma to compute arithmetic in integer instead of double
interp (6D) - gamma-corrected color ramp generator
intr (D2) - process a device interrupt
intro (1) - introduction to commands, application programs, and programming commands.
intro (1M) - introduction to maintenance commands and application programs
intro (2) - introduction to system calls and error numbers
intro (3) - introduction to functions and libraries
intro (3G) - description of routines in the Graphics Library and Distributed Graphics Library
intro (3N) - introduction to SVR4 networking functions and libraries
intro (4) - introduction to file formats
intro (5) - introduction to miscellany
intro (6) - introduction to games and demos
intro (7) - introduction to special files
intro.D1 (D1) - introduction to driver data
intro.D2 (D2) - introduction to driver entry point routines
intro.D3 (D3) - introduction to kernel utility routines
intro.D4 (D4) - introduction to kernel data structures
intro.D5 (D5) - introduction to kernel #define's
INTRO_CONVERSION (3F) - Introduction to conversion routines
INTRO_FFIO (3F) - Describes performance options available with the FFIO layers
INTRO_INTRIN (3I) - Introduction to intrinsic procedures
INTRO_LIBM (3M) - Introduction to math library routines
INTRO_PXF (3F) - Introduction to PXF POSIX library
Inventor (1) - a toolkit for writing 3d programs
invert (6D) - invert an image
INVIT, SINVIT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvectors of a REAL UPPER Hessenberg matrix corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration.
IO (3) - load various IO modules
IO::File (3) - supply object methods for filehandles
IO::Handle (3) - supply object methods for I/O handles
IO::pipe (3) - supply object methods for pipes
IO::Seekable (3) - supply seek based methods for I/O objects
IO::Select (3) - OO interface to the select system call
IO::Socket (3) - Object interface to socket communications
iocblk (D4) - STREAMS ioctl structure
ioconfig (1M) - configure I/O devices
ioctl (2) - control device
ioctl (D2) - control a character device
IOR (3I) - Performs an inclusive OR
ios (3C++) - input/output formatting
iostream (3C++) - buffering, formatting and input/output
iovec (D4) - data storage structure for I/O using uio(D4)
io_ss (3) - SpeedShop I/O tracing library
ip (7P) - Internet Protocol
ip26_enable_ucmem, ip26_return_ucmem (D3) - change memory mode on IP26 or IP28 processor
IPA (5) - Inter-Procedural Analysis
ipaint (6D) - Paint using bitmap images as brushes
ipanel (1) - customization panel for setting locale, timezone and keyboard
ipaste (1G) - display an image
IPC::Open2, open2 (3) - open a process for both reading and writing
IPC::Open3, open3 (3) - open a process for reading, writing, and error handling
ipcrm (1) - remove a message queue, semaphore set or shared memory id
ipcs (1) - report inter-process communication facilities status
ipfilterd (1M) - IP packet filtering daemon
ipkbd (1M) - changes a user's keyboard layout setting.
iplang (1M) - changes a user's locale setting.
ipld (1M) - creates a composite locale.
iptime (1M) - changes a user's time zone setting.
ipx (7M) - IPX Streams Multiplexor Driver
ipxdebug (1M) - enable or disable diagnostic output from IPX
IPXFARGC (3F) - Returns the number of command-line arguments excluding the command name
IPXFWSTOPSIG (3F) - Returns part of the lower bits of signal number that terminates child process
IPXFWTERMSIG (3F) - Returns lower bit of signal that terminates a child process
ipxlink (1m) - Link ipx streams driver to Link Layer
ipxstat (1M) - display IPX statistics
ircombine (1G) - Create, modify, query, load and save video format combinations
MINEXPONENT (3I) - Returns the minimum (most negative) exponent of a real number in the numeric model
MINFIT, SMINFIT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine determines, towards the solution of the linear T system AX=B, the singular value decomposition A=USV of a real T M by N rectangular matrix, forming U B rather than U. Householder bidiagonalization and a variant of the QR algorithm are used.
MINLOC (3I) - Returns the location of a minimum value in an array
minmax (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute the minimum and maximum pixel values
minsiz (3G) - specifies the minimum size of a graphics window
minsize (3G) - specifies the minimum size of a graphics window
mint_dom, mint_equal (3C) - compare two MINT labels for the dominates/equal relationship
mint_free (3C) - free allocated memory
mint_from_mac (3C) - extract a sensitivity label from a mac_t
mint_from_text, mint_to_text (3C) - convert a MINT string from/to mint_t
MINVAL (3I) - Returns the minimum value in an array
mips2 (5) - MIPS2 architecture extensions and the -mips2 compiler option
mips3 (5) - MIPS3 architecture extensions and the -mips3 compiler option
mips4 (5) - MIPS4 architecture extensions and the -mips4 compiler option
mipscheck,r8kpp,r5kpp,u64check (1)
miser - Miser Resource Manager
miser (4) - configuration files
miser, batch (5) - The Miser Resource Manager
miser_cpuset (1) - define and manage a set of CPUs
miser_cpuset (4) - cpuset configuration files
miser_jinfo (1) - query miser about the schedule of a submitted job
miser_kill (1) - kill a miser job
miser_move (1) - move a block of resources from one queue to another
miser_move (4) - resource transfer list
miser_qinfo (1) - query information about the resources of a miser queue
miser_reset (1) - reset miser with a new configuration file
miser_submit (1) - submit a job to a miser queue
miser_submit (4) - resource schedule list
mkaf (1) - create a Performance Co-Pilot archive folio
mkalias (1M) - NIS mail alias tool
mkboottape (1M) - make a boot tape filesystem
mkbsdnetpr (1M) - provide access to a remote printer using the BSD printing protocols
mkbsdpr (1M) - register a BSD printer with LP
mkcentpr (1M) - install a parallel (Centronics) interface System V printer
mkdepend (1) - compute header file dependencies
mkdir (1) - make directories
mkdir (2) - make a directory
mkdirhier (1) - makes a directory hierarchy
mkdirp, rmdirp (3G) - create, remove directories in a path
mkf2c (1) - generate FORTRAN-C interface routines
mkfifo (1M) - make FIFO special file
mkfifo (2) - make a FIFO special file
mkfile (1M) - create a file
mkfontdir, fonts.dir, fonts.scale, fonts.alias (1) - create an index of X font files in a directory
mkfp (1M) - construct a FAT (MSDOS) or HFS (MACINTOSH) filesystem
mkfs (1M) - construct a filesystem
mkfsXfs (1M) - calls mkfs_xfs to create an xfs filesystem
mkfs_efs (1M) - construct an EFS filesystem
mkfs_xfs (1M) - construct an XFS filesystem
mkhelp (1) - make a help book
mkjtpr (1M) - install a network printer interface System V printer
mkmsgs (1) - create message files for use by gettxt
mknetpr (1M) - provide access to a remote printer
mknod (1M) - build special file or named pipe (FIFO)
mknod (2) - make a directory, or a special or ordinary file
mkpart (1M) - Partition Configuration Tool for Origin
mkscsipr (1M) - installs a SCSI interface System V printer
mkserialpr (1M) - install a serial interface System V printer
mkstr (1) - create an error message file by massaging C source
mktemp, mkstemp (3C) - make a unique file name
mktime (3C) - converts a tm structure to a calendar time
mkwordlist (1) - create a word file from release notes
mq_setattr (3c) - set attributes of a message queue
mq_unlink (3c) - remove a message queue
MrmCloseHierarchy (3X) - Closes a UID hierarchy
MrmFetchBitmapLiteral (3X) - Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchColorLiteral (3X) - Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
MrmFetchIconLiteral (3X) - Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchLiteral (3X) - Fetches a literal from a UID file
MrmFetchSetValues (3X) - Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates any indexed (UIL named) application widgets and its children
MrmFetchWidgetOverride (3X) - Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
MrmInitialize (3X) - Prepares an application to use MRM widget- fetching facilities
MrmOpenHierarchy (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens a buffer containing a memory image of a UID file
MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmRegisterClass (3X) - Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets
MrmRegisterNames (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
mrouted (1M) - IP multicast routing daemon
msalph (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msalpha (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msen_dom, msen_equal (3C) - compare two MSEN labels for the dominates/equal relationship
msen_free (3C) - free allocated memory
msen_from_mac (3C) - extract a sensitivity label from a mac_t
msen_from_text, msen_to_text (3C) - convert a MSEN string from/to msen_t
msg (7D) - Text formatting macros for UNICOS and IRIX messages
msgb (D4) - STREAMS message block structure
msgctl (2) - message control operations
msgdsize (D3) - return number of bytes of data in a message
msgget (2) - get message queue
msgop: msgsnd, msgrcv (2) - message operations
msgpullup (D3) - concatenate bytes in a message
msmask (3G) - specifies a multisample mask
mspatt (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mspattern (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mvGetFileFormat, mvGetLoopMode, mvGetLoopLimit, mvGetTitle, mvGetComment, mvGetOptimized, mvSetLoopMode, mvSetLoopLimit, mvSetTitle, mvSetComment (3dm) - get and set the properties of a movie
mvGetImageWidth, mvGetImageHeight, mvGetImageRate, mvGetImageCompression, mvGetImageInterlacing, mvGetImagePacking, mvGetImageOrientation, mvGetSpatialQuality, mvGetTemporalQuality, mvSetImageRate (3dm) - get and set the properties of a an image track
mvGetMovieCurrentTime, mvGetMovieGalleryTime, mvGetMoviePreviewTime, mvGetMovieSelectionTime, mvSetMovieCurrentTime, mvSetMovieGalleryTime, mvSetMoviePreviewTime mvSetMovieSelectionTime (3dm) - get and set movie times for special purposes
mvGetMovieGLContextState, mvSetMovieGLContextState (3dm) - set/get the GLContextState of a movie
mvGetMovieHwAcceleration, mvSetMovieHwAcceleration (3dm) - Set/get movie hardware acceleration
mvGetMoviePlayVolume, mvGetTrackPlayVolume, mvSetMoviePlayVolume, mvSetTrackPlayVolume (3dm) - get and set the volume of a movie or track
mvGetMovieTimeScale, mvSetMovieTimeScale, mvGetTrackTimeScale, mvSetTrackTimeScale (3dm) - get and set a movie or track timescale.
mvGetNumTracks (3dm) - determine number of tracks in a movie instance
mvGetParams, mvSetParams, mvAddUserParam, mvSetMovieDefaults (3dm) - get and set the parameters of a movie or track
mvGetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvSetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvTrackDataHasFieldInfo (3dm) - get track data info
mvGetTrackDuration, mvGetTrackOffset, mvGetMovieDuration, mvGetEstMovieDuration, mvSetTrackOffset (3dm) - get and set movie/track offset and duration.
mvGetTrackEnable, mvSetTrackEnable (3dm) - Enable/Disable a track
mvGetTrackLayer, mvSetTrackLayer (3dm) - set/get the layer of a track
mvGetTrackLength, mvGetScannedLength, mvGetTrackMedium, mvGetTrackId, mvGetTrackMovie, mvGetTrackDisplayWidth, mvSetTrackDisplayWidth, mvGetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackSMPTEStart, mvGetTrackSMPTEStart (3dm) - get and set the properties of a track
mvGetTrackMaxDataSize, mvGetTrackMaxFieldSize (3dm) - convenience function to get the max data size of a track
mvGetTrackUserDataListHandle, mvGetMovieUserDataListHandle (3dm) - get user data dmParams of the track/movie
mvGrabOpenGL, mvReleaseOpenGL (3dm) - provide safe usage of graphics libraries from Movie Playback Library clients
mview (6D) - Molecule Sphere Demo
mvInsertFramesAtTime: (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvInsertTrackGapAtTime mvDeleteFramesAtTime, mvCopyFramesAtTime (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvIntro (3dm) - introduction to the Movie Libraries
mvIsAppendOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is append-only
mvIsMovieFile, mvIsMovieFD, mvIsMovieMem (3dm) - identify movie instances
mvIsReadOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is read-only
mvMapBetweenTracks (3dm) - convert frame numbers between tracks
mvMatrix: mvSetMovieMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetMovieMatrix2d, mvGetMovieMatrix2d, mvSetTrackMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetTrackMatrix2d, mvGetTrackMatrix2d (3dm) - Matrix manipulation of movie and track
mvOptimize (3dm) - optimize a movie file for playback after editing operations, or create a flattened movie file
mvp (3dm) - Multiport Video Processor for the O2 system
mvPlay, mvStop, mvIsMovieStopped (3dm) - Start and stop movie playback
mvPlayAt, mvGetMovieSyncInfo, mvSetMovieSyncInfo (3dm) - Intra-application synchronization support
mvQueryInt, mvQueryDouble, mvQueryPointer (3dm) - query information about file formats
mvReadCompressedImage, mvGetCompressedImageSize, mvInsertCompressedImage (3dm) - read and write compressed images in a movie
mvReadTrackData, mvInsertTrackData, mvInsertTrackDataAtOffset, (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvReadTrackDataFields, mvInsertTrackDataFields (3dm) - read and insert field based data
mvRenderMovieToAudioBuffer, mvGetAudioBufferSize (3dm) - Multi-track, time- based access of audio data from movies.
mvRenderMovieToOpenGL, mvRenderMovieToImageBuffer, mvRenderTrackToOpenGL (3dm) - display of visual data from movies and tracks
mvResizeOpenGLWindow (3dm) - Notify Movie Playback Library of window size changes
mvSetCurrentTime, mvGetCurrentTime (3dm) - Set/get the time which is currently playing
mvSetEnableAudio, mvGetEnableAudio (3dm) - Enable/disable audio playback for a movie instance
mvSetEnableVideo, mvGetEnableVideo (3dm) - Enable/disable video playback for a movie instance
mvSetImageDefaults mvSetAudioDefaults (3dm) - set default parameters for tracks
mvSetNumMoviesHint, mvGetNumMoviesHint (3dm) - Advise Movie Playback Library of number of simultaneously-playing movies
mvSetPlayEveryFrame, mvGetPlayEveryFrame (3dm) - Make movies play against time base, or without dropping frames
mvSetPlayLoopMode, mvGetPlayLoopMode, mvSetPlayLoopLimit, mvGetPlayLoopLimit, mvSetPlayLoopCount, mvGetPlayLoopCount (3dm) - Set/get movie playback loop mode, limit, and count.
mvSetPlaySpeed, mvGetPlaySpeed, mvGetCurrentDirection (3dm) - Control rate of playback for a movie instance
mvSetPrimaryAudio, mvGetPrimaryAudio (3dm) - Set/get the movie instance with control over the audio hardware
mvSetStartFrame, mvGetStartFrame, mvSetEndFrame, mvGetEndFrame, mvSetStartTime, mvGetStartTime, mvSetEndTime, mvGetEndTime, (3dm) - Set/get the frame or time at which movie playback should start/end
mvSetVideoDisplay, mvGetVideoDisplay (3dm) - Set/get movie video display mode.
mvSetVideoStillFrame, mvGetVideoStillFrame (3dm) - Set/get movie video output still frame
mvSetViewBackground, mvGetViewBackground (3dm) - Set background color of playback region for a movie instance
mvSetViewOffset, mvGetViewOffset, mvQueryViewOffset, mvSetViewSize, mvGetViewSize, mvQueryViewSize, mvSetViewOffsetAndSize, mvGetViewKeepAspect (3dm) - Change the location and size of the region for movie display inside a GL window
mvShowCurrentTime, mvShowCurrentFrame (3dm) - Display current movie frame on screen for a movie instance
mvTrackData: mvGetTrackNumDataIndex mvGetTrackDataInfo mvGetTrackDataOffset mvGetTrackDataIndexAtTime (3dm) - retrieve information about track data
mvTrackDataParams: mvGetTrackNumDataParams, mvAddTrackDataParams, mvSetTrackDataParams, mvGetTrackDataParams (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvWrite, mvClose, mvDestroyMovie, (3dm) - write, close, and destroy movie instances
netprint (1M) - Submit lp print job to remote spooler via a network connection
netrc (4) - ftp auto-login initialization file
netscape (1) - The premier World Wide Web browser.
netsnoop (1M) - capture and decode network traffic
netstat (1) - show network status
nettest, nettestd (1) - Performs client and server functions for timing data throughput
network (1M) - network initialization and shutdown script
networking (7) - introduction to networking facilities
networks (4) - network name database
newaliases (1M) - rebuild the data base for the mail aliases file
newarraysess (2) - start a new array session
newer (1) - command for testing modification dates of two files
newfile (1) - perform file-creation tasks for printer scripts
newform (1) - change the format of a text file
newgrp (1) - log in to a new group
newhelp (1) - generate a performance metrics help database
newlabel (1) - run a process at another label
newproj (1) - switch to a new project
newpup (3G) - allocates and initializes a structure for a new menu
news (1) - print news items
newsess (1) - start a new array session
newtag (3G) - creates a new tag within an object relative to an existing tag
newton (6D) - a physical modeling demo
next, au, sun (4) - NeXT / Sun .au Audio File Formats
nfsd, biod, bio3d (1M) - NFS daemons
nfsSetup (1M) - Set up Network File System Service
nfsstat (1M) - display Network File System statistics
nfssvc, async_daemon (2) - NFS daemons
ngeteblk (D3) - get an empty buffer of the specified size
nice (1) - run a command at low priority
nice (2) - change priority of a time-sharing process
nic_vertex_info_set (D3) - decode NIC, label vertex nic_vertex_info_get (D3) - get decoded NIC data from vertex nic_vertex_info_match (D3) - check for NIC data match nic_vmc_add (D3) - establish callback based on NIC data match nic_vmc_del (D3) - deactivate NIC data match callback nic_access_mcr32 (D3) - common NIC access function
nis, yp, ypbind (7P) - Network Information Services Protocol (Client)
nisserv, ypserv (7P) - Network Information Services Protocol (Server)
nisSetup (1M) - Set up Network Information System
nl (1) - line numbering filter
nlist, nlist64 (3X) - get entries from name list
nl_langinfo (3C) - language information
nl_types (5) - native language data types
nm (1) - print name list of an object file(s)
nmode (3G) - specify renormalization of normals
noblack (6D) - remove all the black from an image
nobord (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noborder (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noderun (1) - Run process on specific node (advisory specification)
noenable (D3) - prevent a queue from being scheduled
nohup (1) - run a command immune to hangups and quits
openHintsShortcuts (1) - load the desktop Hints & Shortcuts into Web browser
openhomepg (1) - loads the user's OutBox home page into Web browser
openproj, closeproj (3c) - create/destroy a PROJ token
ops (3) - Perl pragma to restrict unsafe operations when compiling
OPT (5) - Miscellaneous compiler optimizations option group
option (3Tk) - Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
optionalsym - transform ELF symbols to optional symbols
options (3Tk) - Standard options supported by widgets
OR (3M) - Computes logical sum
ordist (1c) - remote file distribution program
ORTBAK, SORTBAK (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a REAL GENERAL matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding upper Hessenberg matrix determined by ORTHES.
ORTHES, SORTHES (3F) - EISPACK routine. Given a REAL GENERAL matrix, this subroutine reduces a submatrix situated in rows and columns LOW through IGH to upper Hessenberg form by orthogonal similarity transformations.
ortho, ortho2 (3G) - define an orthographic projection transformation
ORTRAN, SORTRAN (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine accumulates the orthogonal similarity transformations used in the reduction of a REAL GENERAL matrix to upper Hessenberg form by ORTHES.
oserror, setoserror, goserror (3C) - get/set system error
ostream (3C++) - formatted and unformatted output
osview (1) - monitor operating system activity data
OTHERQ (D3) - get a pointer to queue's partner queue
outbox (1) - publish files in user's Web Out Box
outputd (1X) - capture application output and errors
ov (1) - desks overview provides controls for manipulating desks
over (6D) - put one image on top of another
overla (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of overlay colors
overlay (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of overlay colors
overload (3) - Package for overloading perl operations
OverrideShell - The OverrideShell widget class
OverrideShell (3X) - The OverrideShell widget class
oview (1) - visualize the performance of Origin systems
oview_layout (1) - determine CrayLink interconnection topology of Origin systems
p2open, p2close (3G) - open, close pipes to and from a command
pac (1M) - BSD printer accounting information
PACK (3I) - Packs an array into an array of rank one under control of a mask
pack (3Tk) - Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
pack, pcat, unpack (1) - compress and expand files
pack-old (3Tk) - Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
packppdfiles (1) - Pack all files needed by the Impressario PPD driver into one file.
padc (1) - process activity data collector
pageco (3G) - sets the color of the textport background
pagecolor (3G) - sets the color of the textport background
palette (6D) - display a palette of colors in the colormap
papserver (1M) - spool files from network-connected Macintoshes
papstatus (8) - AppleTalk Printer Status program
par (1) - process activity reporter / truss-like system call tracer
par (7) - process activity reporting device
passmgmt (1M) - password files management
passth (3G) - passes a single token through the Geometry Pipeline
passthrough (3G) - passes a single token through the Geometry Pipeline
passthru (1) - pass audio sample data from an input port to an output port
passwd (1) - change login password and password attributes
passwd (4) - password file
paste (1) - merge same lines of several files or subsequent lines of one file
patch (1) - apply a diff file to an original
patch (3G) - draws a surface patch
patchb (3G) - sets current basis matrices
patchbasis (3G) - sets current basis matrices
patchc (3G) - sets the number of curves used to represent a patch
patchcurves (3G) - sets the number of curves used to represent a patch
patchp (3G) - sets the precision at which curves are drawn in a patch
patchprecision (3G) - sets the precision at which curves are drawn in a patch
pathchk (1) - check pathnames
pathconf (1) - get configurable pathname variables (POSIX)
pathfind (3G) - search for named file in named directories
pcibr_rrb_check (D3) - query RRB allocation pcibr_rrb_alloc (D3) - allocate RRBs for this slot pcibr_alloc_all_rrbs (D3) - allocate RRBs for slot group pcibr_set_rrb_callback (D3) - set up allocation callback
quotaon, quotaoff (1M) - turn filesystem quotas on and off
quotas (4) - filesystem quota subsystem
QZHES, SQZHES (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is the first step of the QZ algorithm for solving generalized matrix eigenvalue problems.
QZIT, SQZIT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is the second step of the QZ algorithm for solving generalized matrix eigenvalue problems,
QZVAL, SQZVAL (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is the third step of the QZ algorithm for solving generalized matrix eigenvalue problems,
QZVEC, ZQZVEC (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine is the optional fourth step of the QZ algorithm for solving generalized matrix eigenvalue problems,
r10k_evcntrs, r10k_event_counters, r10k_counters -Programming the R10000 event counters (5)
radiobutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate radiobutton widgets
RADIX (3I) - Returns the base number from the real or integer number models
raise (3C) - send signal to executing program
raise (3Tk) - Change a window's position in the stacking order
RATQR, SRATQR (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the algebraically smallest or largest eigenvalues of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the rational QR method with Newton corrections.
raw (7F) - raw network protocol family
rbview (1) - simple audio queue debugging tool
rc0 (1M) - run commands required to enter single-user mode or halt the system
rc2 (1M) - run commands required for multi-user environment
RCFFT2 (3F) - Calculate a real-to-complex Fourier synthesis/analysis.
rcmd, rresvport, ruserok (3N) - routines for returning a stream to a remote command
rcp (1C) - remote file copy
rcpDevice (1) - copy a file or directory to or from a remote host
rcrv (3G) - draws a rational curve
rcrvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
rcs (1) - change RCS file attributes
rcsclean (1) - clean up working files
rcsdiff (1) - compare RCS revisions
rcsfile (4) - format of RCS file
rcsfreeze (1) - freeze a configuration of sources checked in under RCS
rcsintro (1) - introduction to RCS commands
rcsmerge (1) - merge RCS revisions
RCSsource (5) - directory of RCS sources
RD (D3) - get a pointer to the read queue
rdisc (1M) - Internet router discovery daemon
rdist (1) - remote file distribution client program
rdistd (1M) - remote file distribution server program
readco (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readcomponent (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readdi (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readdisplay (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readlink (1) - prints the value of a symbolic link
readlink (2) - read the value of a symbolic link
readpi (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readpixels (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readRG (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readRGB (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readso (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
readsource (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
REAL, FLOAT, SNGL (3M) - Converts to type real
realpath (1) - prints the real file name
realpath (3C) - returns the real file name
realtime, scheduler (5) - introduction to realtime and scheduler facilities
reaper (1) - manages a login session
REBAK, SREBAK (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a generalized SYMMETRIC eigensystem by back transforming those of the derived symmetric matrix determined by REDUC.
REBAKB, SREBAKB (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a generalized SYMMETRIC eigensystem by back transforming those of the derived symmetric matrix determined by REDUC2.
reboot (1M) - reboot the system
recno (3) - record number database access method
rect, recti, rects (3G) - outlines a rectangular region
rectco (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectcopy (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectf, rectfi, rectfs (3G) - fills a rectangular area
rectimg (6D) - display a color or BW image on the iris
RectObj - The RectObj widget class
RectObj (3X) - The RectObj widget class
rectre, lrectr (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectread, lrectread (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectwr, lrectw (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectwrite, lrectwrite (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectzo (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
rectzoom (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
recv, recvfrom, recvmsg (2) - receive a message from a socket
recv, recvfrom, recvmsg (3N) - receive a message from a socket
redirect (6D) - run a demo with error output directed to /dev/console
REDUC, SREDUC (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces the generalized SYMMETRIC eigenproblem Ax=(LAMBDA)Bx, where B is POSITIVE DEFINITE, to the standard symmetric eigenproblem using the Cholesky factorization of B.
REDUC2, SREDUC2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces the generalized SYMMETRIC eigenproblems ABx=(LAMBDA)x OR BAy=(LAMBDA)y, where B is POSITIVE DEFINITE, to the standard symmetric eigenproblem using the Cholesky factorization of B.
regcmp (1) - regular expression compile
regcmp, regex (3G) - compile and execute regular expression
regcomp (5) - X/Open regular expressions definition and interface
RG, SRG (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) To find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a REAL GENERAL matrix.
rgb (1) - convert a rgb spec file to ndbm files
rgb (4) - Silicon Graphics rgb image file format
rgb2ps (1) - Convert an SGI image to PostScript
RGBcol (3G) - sets the current color in RGB mode
RGBcolor (3G) - sets the current color in RGB mode
RGBcur (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBcursor (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBmod (3G) - sets a rendering and display mode that bypasses the color map
RGBmode (3G) - sets a rendering and display mode that bypasses the color map
RGBran (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBrange (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBsiz (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise each single-color component buffer.
RGBsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise each single-color component buffer.
RGBwri (3G) - grants write access to a subset of available bitplanes
RGBwritemask (3G) - grants write access to a subset of available bitplanes
RGG, SRGG (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) for the REAL GENERAL GENERALIZED eigenproblem Ax = (LAMBDA)Bx.
ringbe (3G) - rings the keyboard bell
ringbell (3G) - rings the keyboard bell
ripsock (1M) - drive a PostScript rip via a TCP/IP socket
rld (1) - runtime linker rld.debug (1) - runtime linker with debugging support
rle (6D) - force an image to be stored using run length encoding
rlog (1) - print log messages and other information about RCS files
rlogin (1C) - remote login
rlogind (1M) - remote login server
rm, rmdir (1) - remove files or directories
rmail (1M) - receive mail via UUCP
rmalloc (D3) - allocate space from a private space management map
rmallocmap (D3) - allocate and initialize a private space management map
rmalloc_wait (D3) - allocate space from a private space management map
rmdefpriv (1M) - remove a default system administration privilege from the system
rmdel (1) - remove a delta from an SCCS file
rmdir (2) - remove a directory
rmfree (D3) - free space into a private space management map
rmfreemap (D3) - free a private space management map
rmfstabentry (1M) - remove a filesystem entry from the /etc/fstab file.
rmprinter (1M) - remove a printer from the System V spooling system
rmpriv (1M) - remove a privilege from the privilege database
rmprivuser (1M) - remove a user's system administration privileged user status
rpc_svc_create: svc_create, svc_destroy, svc_dg_create, svc_fd_create, svc_raw_create, svc_tli_create, svc_tp_create, svc_vc_create (3N) - library routines for dealing with the creation of server handles
rpc_svc_err: svcerr_auth, svcerr_decode, svcerr_noproc, svcerr_noprog, svcerr_progvers, svcerr_systemerr, svcerr_weakauth (3N) - library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
rqs64 (1) - fixes up 64-bit executable or shared object to be QUICKSTARTable
rqs: rqs32 (1) - make 32-bit executable or shared object QUICKSTARTable
rqsall (1) - requickstarts out-of-sync ELF shared objects/executables on a system
rqsprint (1) - displays information about a collection of ELF files on a system
rqsread (1) - reads the information out of an ELF file that is needed to determine if the file needs to be requickstarted
rquota (3R) - implement quotas on remote machines
rquotad (1M) - remote quota server
RRSPACING (3I) - Returns the reciprocal of the relative spacing of numeric model numbers near the argument value
RS, SRS (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix.
RSB, SRSB (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a REAL SYMMETRIC BAND matrix.
RSG, SRSG (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) for the REAL SYMMETRIC generalized eigenproblem Ax = (LAMBDA)Bx.
RSGAB, SRSGAB (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) for the REAL SYMMETRIC generalized eigenproblem ABx = (LAMBDA)x.
RSGBA, SRSGBA (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) for the REAL SYMMETRIC generalized eigenproblem BAx = (LAMBDA)x.
rsh (1C) - remote shell
rshd (1M) - remote shell server
RSM, SRSM (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find all of the eigenvalues and some of the eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix.
RSP, SRSP (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a REAL SYMMETRIC PACKED matrix.
RST, SRST (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a REAL SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix.
rsvpfilter (8) - select which sessions of RSVP debugging output are displayed
rsync (1) - synchronize files with their latest RCS revisions
RT, SRT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine calls the recommended sequence of subroutines from the eigensystem subroutine package (EISPACK) to find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors (if desired) of a special REAL TRIDIAGONAL matrix.
rtap (1M) - real-time application program
rtmon-client (1) - client for collecting real-time event data from rtmond
rtmon-dump (1) - dump the contents of events collect from rtmond
rtmon-run (1) - enable system call event tracing
rtmond (1) - system event monitoring daemon
rtmon_log_user_tstamp (3) - REACT/Pro user timestamp logging
scfft1du, dzfft1du (3F) - 1D, Real to Complex, Direct Fast Fourier Transforms.
scfft1dui, dzfft1dui (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for real-to- complex 1D FFT modules.
scfft2du, dzfft2du (3F) - 2D, Real to Complex, Direct Fast Fourier Transforms.
scfft2dui, dzfft2dui (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for real-to- complex 2D FFT modules.
scfft3du, dzfft3du (3F) - 3D, Real to Complex, Direct Fast Fourier Transforms.
scfft3dui, dzfft3dui (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for real-to- complex 3D FFT modules.
scfftm1du, dzfftm1du (3F) - Multiple 1D, Real to Complex, Direct Fast Fourier Transforms.
scfftm1dui, dzfftm1dui (3F) - initialize the coefficient array for real-to- complex Multiple 1D FFT modules.
SCGetDataTypes (3) - determine the data types supported by a scanner
SCGetEventFD, SCEventPending, SCGetEvent (3) - Receiving events from scanner drivers
SCGetPageSize (3) - determine the scannable area of a scanning device
SCGetSaveOptions, SCSetSaveOptions (3) - Getting and setting saved scanner specific options
SCGetScanLine, SCGetFD, SCDataReady (3) - retrieving scan data
SCGetScannerRes, SCGetMinMaxRes (3) - Determining the resolutions supported by a scanner driver
SCGetScanSize (3) - Determine the amount of image data to be scanned
SCGetStatus, SCGetStatusFD (3) - Get status information about a scanner
SCGetUserInfo (3) - Get information about who is using a scanner
SCHDC (3F) - SCHDC computes the Cholesky decomposition of a positive definite matrix. A pivoting option allows the user to estimate the condition of a positive definite matrix or determine the rank of a positive semidefinite matrix.
SCHDD (3F) - SCHDD downdates an augmented Cholesky decomposition or the triangular factor of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, SCHDD determines an orthogonal matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
schedctl (2) - scheduler control call
sched_getparam (2) - get the scheduling parameters of a process
sched_getscheduler (2) - get the scheduling policy of a process
sched_get_priority_max, sched_get_priority_min (2) - get scheduling policy priority range
sched_rr_get_interval (2) - get round robin scheduling interval
sched_setparam (2) - set the scheduling parameters of a process
sched_setscheduler (2) - set the scheduling policy of a process
sched_yield (2) - yield the processor
schemebr (1) - customization panel for specifying color schemes
SCHEX (3F) - SCHEX updates the Cholesky factorization
SCHUD (3F) - SCHUD updates an augmented Cholesky decomposition of the triangular part of an augmented QR decomposition. Specifically, given an upper triangular matrix R of order P, a row vector X, a column vector Z, and a scalar Y, SCHUD determines a unitary matrix U and a scalar ZETA such that
sclear (3G) - clear the stencil planes to a specified value
scope (6D) - explore an image of any size
SCOpen, SCOpenScreen, SCOpenFile (3) - establishing a connection with a scanning device
SCOptions, SCHasOptions (3) - scanner specific options
SCOR1D, DCOR1D, CCOR1D, ZCOR1D (3F) - 1D Correlation in the time domain.
SCOR2D, DCOR2D, CCOR2D, ZCOR2D (3F) - 2D Correlation in the space domain.
SCORM1D, DCORM1D, CCORM1D, ZCORM1D (3F) - N 1D convolutions in the time domain.
SCPerror, SCErrorString (3) - Reporting error messages to the user
scratchpad (1) - Display PostScript text "playground"
scrbox (3g) - control the screen box
screen (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
screenspace (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
script (1) - make typescript of terminal session
scrmas (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrmask (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrnat (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnattach (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnse (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrnselect (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrollbar (3Tk) - Create and manipulate scrollbar widgets
scrsave (6D) - save a part of the screen in an image file
scrsub (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
scrsubdivide (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
scr_dump (4) - format of curses screen image file.
SCScan, SCScanFD (3) - start scanning from a scanning device.
SCSetScanEnt, SCGetScanEnt, SCEndScanEnt (3) - Getting information about installed scanners
SCSetup (3) - set scanning parameters
scsiadminswap (1M) - perform a live plug or unplug of a scsi device
scsicontrol (1m) - probe and control scsi devices
scsifo (1m) - Show Failover status and initiate Failover.
scsiha (1m) - probe and control scsi buses
scsiha (7M) - SCSI bus and loop operation driver
scsihotswap (1M) - perform hot plug or unplug of scsi device
scsiquiesce (1M) - stop all SCSI bus activity for a specific amount of time
scsi_abort (D3X) - abort a command previously issued by scsi_command
scsi_alloc (D3X) - allocate communication channel to host adapter driver
scsi_command (D3X) - issue a command to a SCSI device
scsi_free (D3X) - release communication channel to host adapter driver
scsi_info (D3X) - get information about a SCSI device
scsi_ioctl (D3X) - perform host adapter ioctl
SCSUM1 (3F) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a single precision result
SDBM_File (3) - Tied access to sdbm files
sdiff (1) - side-by-side difference program
SDISNA (3F) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
SET_IEEE_EXCEPTIONS (3I) - Restores the caller's floating-point status prior to exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_INTERRUPTS (3I) - Restores floating-point interrupt status before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_ROUNDING_MODE (3I) - Alters current floating-point rounding mode state and restores the floating-point rounding mode before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_STATUS (3I) - Restores floating-point status
set_vacation (1) - turn on vacation for Netscape Mail
sf2, SoundFont, SoundFont2 (4) - SoundFont Compatible Audio File Format
sfconvert (1) - convert soundfiles
sfft1dui, dfft1dui (3F) - 1D FFT Real to Complex workspace initialization routines.
sfft2dui, dfft2dui (3F) - 2D FFT Real to Complex workspace initialization routines.
sfft3dui, dfft3dui (3F) - 3D FFT Real to Complex workspace initialization routines.
sfftm1dui, dfftm1dui (3F) - Multiple 1D, FFT Real to Complex workspace initialization routines.
sfinfo (1) - display soundfile information
SFIR1D, DFIR1D, CFIR1D, ZFIR1D (3F) - 1D Convolution in the time domain.
SFIR2D, DFIR2D, CFIR2D, ZFIR2D (3F) - 2D Convolution in the time domain.
SFIRM1D, DFIRM1D, CFIRM1D, ZFIRM1D (3F) - N 1D convolutions in the time domain.
sfkeywords (1) - soundfile keywords used in sfinfo, sfplay, and sfconvert
sfplay (1) - play soundfile
sfrecord, recordaifc, recordaiff (1) - record an audio file
SgArc (3X) - Arc widget designed for use with SgGraph.
SGBBRD (3F) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGBCO (3F) - SBGCO factors a real band matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SGBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
SGBDI (3F) - SGBDI computes the determinant of a band matrix using the factors computed by SBGCO or SGBFA. If the inverse is needed, use SGBSL N times.
SGBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGBFA (3F) - SGBFA factors a real band matrix by elimination.
sgbot (1) - robot to fetch and index web sites in sgsearch format
SGBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGBSL (3F) - SGBSL solves the real band system A * X = B or TRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by SBGCO or SGBFA.
SGBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SGBSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
SGBTF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGBTRF
SgColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget class
SgColorChooserGetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that gets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetCurrentColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser without changing the stored color
SgColorChooserSetStoredColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the color of the ColorChooser's stored color swatch
SgCreateColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget creation function
SgCreateColorChooserDialog (3X) - The ColorChooser ColorChooserDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget creation function
SgCreateDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateFinder (3X) - The Finder widget creation function
SgCreateVisualDrawingArea (3X) - The VisualDrawingArea widget creation function
SgDial (3X) - The Dial widget class
sgdict (1) - build a dictionary of words for a fulltext index
SgDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget class
SgDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget class
SgDynaMenuAddItem (3X) - A DynaMenu function that adds an item to the DynaMenu history list
SgDynaMenuClearHistory (3X) - A DynaMenu function that deletes all items from the DynaMenu history list
SGEBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by SGEBAL
SGEBAL (3F) - balance a general real matrix A
SGEBD2 (3F) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGEBRD (3F) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGECO (3F) - SGECO factors a real matrix by Gaussian elimination and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SGECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGEDI (3F) - SGEDI computes the determinant and inverse of a matrix using the factors computed by SGECO or SGEFA.
SGEEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGEES (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEESX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEEV (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEEVX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEFA (3F) - SGEFA factors a real matrix by Gaussian elimination.
SGEGS (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices A, B
SGEGV (3F) - compute for a pair of n-by-n real nonsymmetric matrices A and B, the generalized eigenvalues (alphar +/- alphai*i, beta), and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors (VL and VR)
SGEHD2 (3F) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGEHRD (3F) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGELQ2 (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGELQF (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGELS (3F) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
SGELSS (3F) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGELSX (3F) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGEQL2 (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQLF (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGEQPF (3F) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGEQR2 (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQRF (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGERQ2 (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGERQF (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGESL (3F) - SGESL solves the real system A * X = B or TRANS(A) * X = B using the factors computed by SGECO or SGEFA.
SGESV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGESVD (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
SGESVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGETF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SgFileSelectionBox (3X) - The enhanced FileSelectionBox widget
SgFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
SgFileSelectionBoxReplaceSuffix (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to replace the suffix of the current file name.
SgFinder (3X) - The Finder widget class
SgFinderAddHistoryItem (3X) - A Finder function that adds an item to the Finder history list
SgFinderClearHistory (3X) - A Finder function that deletes all items from the Finder history list
SgFinderGetChild (3X) - A Finder function used to access a widget component
SgFinderGetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that accesses the string value of the text field.
SgFinderSetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that sets the string value
SGGBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by SGGBAL
SGGBAL (3F) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
SGGGLM (3F) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
SGGHRD (3F) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
SGGLSE (3F) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
SGGQRF (3F) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
SgGraph (3X) - An OSF/Motif-compatible graph widget.
SgGrid (3X) - The SgGrid widget class
SgGrid-The SgGrid widget class (3X)
SGGRQF (3F) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
SGGSVD (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
SGGSVP (3F) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
sgi2ps (1) - convert an SGI image file to PostScript
SgIconGadget (3X) - the Icon widget class.
sgidladd (3C) - open a shared object and add its variables to the name space.
sgidlopen_version (3C) - open a shared object with the specified interface version.
sgigetdsoversion (3C) - gets the interface version of a shared object
sgigsc (2) - SGI graphics system call
sgihelp (1) - The Silicon Graphics Help Viewer
SGIHelpInit, SGIHelpMsg, SGIHelpIndexMsg (3) - help functions
sgikopt (2) - retrieve kernel option strings
SGImeeting (1) - Desktop Collaboration tool
sginap (2) - timed sleep and processor yield function
sgindexAdmin (1) - update infosearch index and table of contents
sginverter (1) - index an sgsearch dictionary
sgitcl (1) - Tcl shell for SGI
sgixdoom (6D) - The popular PC game "DOOM" for SGI systems
sgiXnmbxEnableCapability, sgiXnmbxReleaseCapability (3X) - enable and release stateful NMBX capabilities
sgiXnmbxGetExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxMatchExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxGetVisualCapabilities (3X) - obtain NMBX extended visual information
sgiXnmbxGetVersion, sgiXnmbxQueryExtension (3X) - query existence and version of NMBX extension
sgi_eag_mount (2) - mount a filesystem with attributes
sgi_getcapabilitybyname (3C) - get the default and allowed capability sets for a named user
sgi_getclearancebyname (3C) - get the default and allowed mac label range for a named user
sgi_revoke (2) - revoke access to a file
sgmerge (1) - merge sgsearch fulltext indices
sgquery (1) - full -text search engine for sgsearch indices
sgreader (1) - translate HTML to an sgsearch formatted word file
sgset (D3X) - assign physical addresses to a vector of software scatter-gather registers
SgSpringBox (3X) - The SgSpringBox widget class
SGTCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by SGTTRF
SgThumbWheel (3X) - The ThumbWheel widget class
SgThumbWheelGetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that returns the current wheel position
SgThumbWheelSetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that sets the wheel value
SGTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGTSL (3F) - SGTSL given a general tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side will find the solution.
SGTSV (3F) - solve the equation A*X = B,
SGTSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
SGTTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
SGTTRS (3F) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
SgVisualDrawingArea (3X) - A drawing area in an alternate visual
SgVisualDrawingAreaInstallColormap (3X) - Install a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SgVisualDrawingAreaUninstallColormap (3X) - Uninstall a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
sh, rsh, ksh, rksh (1) - a standard/restricted command and programming language
shadem (3G) - selects the shading model
shademodel (3G) - selects the shading model
shader (3G) - obsolete routine
shaderange (3G) - obsolete routine
shadow (4) - shadow password file
SHAPE (3I) - Returns the shape of an array or a scalar
sharefinder (1M) - locate shared resources on other workstations
sharefs (1M) - enable a filesystem/directory to be accessible by another host.
sharemgr (1M) - shared resource manager
sharePrinters (1M) - share local printers with remote hosts.
shareRemovableMedia (1M) - share a removable media device
Shell (3) - run shell commands transparently within perl
Shell (3X) - The Shell widget class
SHGEQZ (3F) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A (3F) - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
SHIFT (3I) - Performs a left circular shift
SHIFTA (3I) - Performs an arithmetic shift
SHIFTL (3I) - Performs a left shift with zero fill
SHIFTR (3I) - Performs a right shift with zero fill
shm_open (2) - establishes a connection between a shared memory object and a file descriptor
shm_unlink (2) - deletes a shared memory object
showcase (1) - Basic drawing and presentation tool
showfiles (1M) - show files belonging to installed products
showfont (1) - font dumper for X font server
showmap (6D) - display the contents of the color map
showmount (1M) - show all remote NFS mounts
showprods (1M) - show products installed on system
showps (1) - Adobe Systems PostScript language document previewer.
showrgb (1) - uncompile an rgb color-name database
SHSEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SHSEQR (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
shutdown (1M) - shut down system, change system state
shutdown (2) - shut down part of a full-duplex connection
shutdown (3N) - shut down part of a full-duplex connection
sid (1M) - print the current array session handle and/or project ID
sigaction (2) - software signal facilities (POSIX)
sigaltstack (2) - set or get signal alternate stack context
sigblock (3B) - block signals from delivery to process (4.3BSD)
siginfo (5) - signal generation information
siginterrupt (2) - allow signals to interrupt functions (X/Open XPG4)
sinh, dsinh, qsinh (3F) - FORTRAN hyperbolic sine intrinsic function
sitemgr (1) - web content administration and publishing
sitemgr.cgi (1) - sitemgr primary Common Gateway Interface process
sitestat.cgi (1) - sitemgr HTTP log file analysis Common Gateway Interface process
size (1) - print the section sizes of object files
SIZE (3I) - Returns the total number of elements in an array
size (D2) - return size of logical block device
size64 (D2) - return size of logical block device
SLABAD (3F) - take as input the values computed by SLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
SLABRD (3F) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLACON (3F) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
SLACPY (3F) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
SLADIV (3F) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
SLAE2 (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEBZ (3F) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
SLAED0 (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SLAED1 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED2 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED3 (3F) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
SLAED4 (3F) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLAED5 (3F) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO The diagonal elements in the array D are assumed to satisfy D(i) < D(j) for i < j
SLAED6 (3F) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
SLAED7 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED8 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED9 (3F) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
SLAEDA (3F) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
SLAEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SLAEV2 (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEXC (3F) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SLAG2 (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A (3F) - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
SLAGS2 (3F) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
SLAGTF (3F) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T (3F) - lambda*I = PLU,
SLAGTM (3F) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
SLAGTS (3F) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T (3F) - lambda*I)'*x = y,
SLAHQR (3F) - i an auxiliary routine called by SHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by SHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
SLAHRD (3F) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
SLAIC1 (3F) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
SLALN2 (3F) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
SLAMCH (3F) - determine single precision machine parameters
SLAMRG (3F) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
SLANGB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
SLANGE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
SLANGT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
SLANHS (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
SLANSB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
SLANSP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANST (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SLANSY (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
SLANTB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
SLANTP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANTR (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
SLANV2 (3F) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
SLAPLL (3F) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
SLAPMT (3F) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
SLAPY2 (3F) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAPY3 (3F) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAQGB (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQGE (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQSB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSP (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSY (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQTR (3F) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
SLAR2V (3F) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
SLARF (3F) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFB (3F) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFG (3F) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
SLARFT (3F) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
SLARFX (3F) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARGV (3F) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARNV (3F) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
SLARTG (3F) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
SLARTV (3F) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARUV (3F) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
SLAS2 (3F) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASCL (3F) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
SLASET (3F) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
SLASQ1 (3F) - SLASQ1 computes the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
SLASQ2 (3F) - SLASQ2 computes the singular values of a real N-by-N unreduced bidiagonal matrix with squared diagonal elements in Q and squared off- diagonal elements in E
SLASQ3 (3F) - SLASQ3 is the workhorse of the whole bidiagonal SVD algorithm
SLASQ4 (3F) - SLASQ4 estimates TAU, the smallest eigenvalue of a matrix
SLASR (3F) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
SLASRT (3F) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
SLASSQ (3F) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
SLASV2 (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASWP (3F) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
SLASY2 (3F) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
SLASYF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SLATBS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
SlaToIv (1) - convert an SLA format file into an Open Inventor 2.0 file.
SLATPS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
SLATRD (3F) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLATRS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
SLATZM (3F) - applie a Householder matrix generated by STZRQF to a matrix
SLAUU2 (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLAUUM (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLCancelJob (3) - cancels a queued printer job
sleep (1) - suspend execution for an interval
sleep (3C) - suspend execution for interval
sleep (3F) - suspend execution for an interval
sleep (D3) - suspend process execution pending occurrence of an event
snoop (6D) - magnify and report on the screen under the mouse pointer
snoop (7P) - network monitoring protocol
socket (2) - create an endpoint for communication
socket (3N) - create an endpoint for communication
Socket, sockaddr_in, sockaddr_un, inet_aton, inet_ntoa (3) - load the C socket.h defines and structure manipulators
socketpair (2) - create a pair of connected sockets
socketpair (3N) - create a pair of connected sockets
SoftimageToIv (1) - convert a Softimage .hrc file to Open Inventor 2.0 format
solidview (6D) - display the results of a finite element analysis program
SOLVERS (3F) - SGI developed linear equations solvers.
SOPGTR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by SSPTRD using packed storage
SOPMTR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORG2L (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORG2R (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGBR (3F) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by SGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
SORGHR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SGEHRD
SORGL2 (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGLQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGQL (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGQR (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGR2 (3F) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGRQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGTR (3F) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SSYTRD
SORM2L (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORM2R (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMBR (3F) - VECT = 'Q', SORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMHR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORML2 (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMLQ (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQL (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMR2 (3F) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMRQ (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMTR (3F) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
sort (1) - sort and/or merge files
sounddesigner2, sd2, sdII (4) - Sound Designer II Audio File Format
soundeditor (1) - digital audio recorder/editor
soundplayer (1) - sound playback application
soundscheme (1) - audio cue server (daemon)
soundtrack (1) - multitrack digital audio recorder/editor
source (3Tcl) - Evaluate a file as a Tcl script
SPACING (3I) - Returns the absolute spacing of real model numbers near the argument value
SPBCO (3F) - SPBCO factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix stored in band form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SPBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
SPBDI (3F) - SPBDI computes the determinant of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the factors computed by SPBCO or SPBFA. If the inverse is needed, use SPBSL N times.
SPBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPBFA (3F) - SPBFA factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix stored in band form.
SPBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPBSL (3F) - SPBSL solves the real symmetric positive definite band system A*X = B using the factors computed by SPBCO or SPBFA.
SPBSTF (3F) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
spclos (3G) - obsolete routine
SpeedShop, speedshop (1) - an integrated package of performance tools
sphbbp, sphebp (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphbgnbitmap, sphendbitmap (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphclr (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphcolor (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphdra (3L) - draw a sphere
sphdraw (3L) - draw a sphere
sphfre (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphfree (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphgnp (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphgnpolys (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphmod (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphmode (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphobj (3L) - create a GL object containing a sphere
sphrma (3L) - orient spheres
sphrotmatrix (3L) - orient spheres
spl (D3) - block/allow interrupts on a processor
splf, splfi, splfs, splf2, splf2i, splf2s (3G) - draws a shaded filled polygon
split (1) - split a file into pieces
split (3Tcl) - Split a string into a proper Tcl list
SPOCO (3F) - SPOCO factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SPOCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPODI (3F) - SPODI computes the determinant and inverse of a certain real symmetric positive definite matrix (see below) using the factors computed by SPOCO, SPOFA or SQRDC.
SPOEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPOFA (3F) - SPOFA factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix.
spoolserv (1M) - a print queue information daemon
SPORFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
SPOSL (3F) - SPOSL solves the real symmetric positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by SPOCO or SPOFA.
SPOSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPPCO (3F) - SPPCO factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix stored in packed form and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SPPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPDI (3F) - SPPDI computes the determinant and inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the factors computed by SPPCO or SPPFA .
SPPEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPPFA (3F) - SPPFA factors a real symmetric positive definite matrix stored in packed form.
SPPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPPSL (3F) - SPPSL solves the real symmetric positive definite system A * X = B using the factors computed by SPPCO or SPPFA.
SPPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
SPPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
spray (1M) - spray packets
spray (3N) - scatter data in order to check the network
sprayd (1M) - spray server
SPREAD (3I) - Constructs an array from several copies of an actual argument
sproc, sprocsp, nsproc (2) - create a new share group process
sprod1du, dprod1du (3F) - Compute the product of a 1D Fourier transform with a 1D filter.
sprod2du, dprod2du (3F) - Compute the product of a 2D Fourier transforms with a 2D filter.
sprod3du, dprod3du (3F) - Compute the product of a 3D Fourier transforms with a 3D filter.
sprodm1du, dprodm1du (3F) - Compute the product of Multiple 1D Fourier transforms with Multiple 1D filters.
sprofil (2) - execution time profile for disjoint text spaces
SPTCON (3F) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by SPTTRF
SPTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF, and then calling SBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
SPTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPTSL (3F) - SPTSL given a positive definite tridiagonal matrix and a right hand side will find the solution.
SPTSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTSVX (3F) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
SPTTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B with a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by SPTTRF
SQRDC (3F) - SQRDC uses Householder transformations to compute the QR factorization of an N by P matrix X. Column pivoting based on the 2- norms of the reduced columns may be performed at the user's option.
SQRSL (3F) - SQRSL applies the output of SQRDC to compute coordinate transformations, projections, and least squares solutions. For K .LE. MIN(N,P), let XK be the matrix
srchtxt (1) - display contents of, or search for a text string in, message databases
SRSCL (3F) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
srv (D2) - service queued messages
ssaver (1) - customization panel for setting screen saver & power saver
SSBEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
SSBGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBTRD (3F) - reduce a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
sscal1d, dscal1d (3F) - scales a 1D real sequence.
sscal2d, dscal2d (3F) - scales 2D real sequence.
sscal3d, dscal3d (3F) - scales 3D real sequence.
sscalm1d, dscalm1d (3F) - scales Multiple 1D real sequences.
sscord (1) - explore working set behavior and generate cord feedback files
ssdi.conf (4) - Standardized Systems Database Interface (SSDI) configuration file
ssdi_get_config_and_load (3C) - consult configuration file and load DSO corresponding to the source for a given system database
ssdoallexp (1) - script to run all experiments, prof, ssdump, etc. on an executable
ssdoexp (1) - script to run an experiment, and invoke prof and ssdump on it
ssdump (1) - print out the contents of SpeedShop performance experiment data files
SSICO (3F) - SSICO factors a real symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SSIDI (3F) - SSIDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a real symmetric matrix using the factors from SSIFA.
SSIFA (3F) - SSIFA factors a real symmetric matrix by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
ssignal, gsignal (3C) - software signals
SSISL (3F) - SSISL solves the real symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by SSIFA.
ssorder (1) - compute and write cord feedback files from working set data
SSPCO (3F) - SSPCO factors a real symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting and estimates the condition of the matrix.
SSPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPDI (3F) - SSPDI computes the determinant, inertia and inverse of a real symmetric matrix using the factors from SSPFA, where the matrix is stored in packed form.
ssperf (1) - SpeedShop Performance Analyzer
SSPEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPFA (3F) - SSPFA factors a real symmetric matrix stored in packed form by elimination with symmetric pivoting.
SSPGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
SSPGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSPSL (3F) - SSISL solves the real symmetric system A * X = B using the factors computed by SSPFA.
SSPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SSPTRD (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
ssrt_caliper_point, ssrt_buffer_clear (3F) - SpeedShop runtime library for Fortran applications
ssrun (1) - set up and run a process to collect SpeedShop performance data
SSTEBZ (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEDC (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SSTEIN (3F) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
SSTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
SSTERF (3F) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
SSTEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SSTEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
SSTEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
ssusage (1) - run a command, and print out the resources it used
SSVDC (3F) - SSVDC is a subroutine to reduce a real NxP matrix X by orthogonal transformations U and V to diagonal form. The diagonal elements S(I) are the singular values of X. The columns of U are the corresponding left singular vectors, and the columns of V the right singular vectors.
sswsextr (1) - extract working set files from SpeedShop ideal-time experiment
SSYCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYGS2 (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGST (3F) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSYSV (3F) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYTD2 (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRD (3F) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
stacker (1M) - robotics control program
STAddTag, STRemoveTag, STGetTag, STPrintTags (3) - TIFF tag handling
startautofs (1M) - start autofs deamon.
startautomount (1M) - start automount deamon.
startdesktop (1) - open an IRIX Interactive Desktop dirview of home directory
startgfx, stopgfx (1G) - start/stop the window system
startmidi, stopmidi (1) - start MIDI daemon
startnfs (1M) - start nfs deamon.
StartTagIteration (3) - start tag iteration in a profile
startx (1) - initialize an X session
stat (1M) - display stat attributes of named files
stat (5) - data returned by stat system call
stat, lstat, fstat (2) - get file status
stat64 (5) - data returned by stat64 system call
stat64, lstat64, fstat64 (2) - get file status
statd (1M) - network status monitor daemon
statfs, fstatfs (2) - get file system information
statvfs, fstatvfs, statvfs64, fstatvfs64 (2) - get file system information
staux (3X) - routines that provide scalar interfaces to auxiliaries
STBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STBRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
STBTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
stcode (1) - translate a hexadecimal status code value to a tex- tual message
stcu (3X) - routines that provide a compilation unit symbol table interface
stdarg (5) - variable argument list
stdio (3S) - standard buffered input/output package
stdiobuf (3C++) - iostream specialized to stdio FILE
stdipc: ftok (3C) - standard interprocess communication package
stdump (1) - dump a file of intermediate-code debugging information
stenci (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stencil (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stensi (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stensize (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stepun (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stepunit (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stereo (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stereo (7) - stereo viewing on Silicon Graphics systems
stereobuffer (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stfd (3X) - routines that provide access to per file descriptor section of the symbol table
stfe (3X) - routines that provide a high-level interface to basic functions needed to access and add to the symbol table
STGEVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
STGSJA (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
stiff2ps (1) - convert a Stream TIFF (STIFF) image file to PostScript
stime (2) - set time
stio (3X) - routines that provide a binary read/write interface to the MIPS symbol table
STOpen, STClose (3) - open/close a STIFF file stream
stopisdnd (1M) - kill the ISDN deamon.
stopppp (1M) - Stop a PPP call.
STPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STPRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
stprint (3X) - routines to print the symbol table
STPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
STPTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
streambuf (3C++) - public interface of character buffering class
streamio (7) - STREAMS ioctl commands
streams_interrupt (D3X) - synchronize interrupt-level function with STREAMS mechanism
STREAMS_TIMEOUT (D3X) - synchronize timeout with STREAMS mechanism
streamtab (D4) - STREAMS driver and module declaration structure
strerr (1M) - STREAMS error logger daemon
strerror (3C) - get error message string
STREVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
STREXC (3F) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
strfmon (3S) - convert monetary value to string
strftime (4) - language-specific strings
strftime, cftime, ascftime (3C) - convert date and time to string
strict (3) - Perl pragma to restrict unsafe constructs
strings (1) - find printable strings in an object file or binary
strip (1) - remove symbols and relocation bits
strlog (D3) - submit messages to the log driver
stroptions (D4) - stream head option structure
strptime (3C) - date and time conversion
strqget (D3) - get information about a queue or band of the queue
strqset (D3) - change information about a queue or band of the queue
STRRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
STRSEN (3F) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
STRSL (3F) - STRSL solves systems of the form
STRSNA (3F) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
strstream (3C++) - iostream specialized to arrays
strstreambuf (3C++) - streambuf specialized to arrays
STRSYL (3F) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
STRTI2 (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
strtod, atof, strtold, atold (3C) - convert string to double-precision or long double-precision number
STRTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A
STRTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
strwid, lstwid (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
strwidth, lstrwidth (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
strxfrm (3C) - string transformation
STSkipTo (3) - skip forward in a STIFF stream
stty (1) - set the options for a terminal
stune (4) - local settings for system tunable parameters
stxld (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
STZRQF (3F) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations
su (1M) - become superuser or another user
suattr (1M) - Execute shell command with specified capabilities at specified MAC label
sub (6D) - subtract two images
subimg (6D) - extract a sub-region from an image
subpix (3G) - controls the placement of point, line, and polygon vertices
subpixel (3G) - controls the placement of point, line, and polygon vertices
subs (3) - Perl pragma to predeclare sub names
subst (3Tcl) - Perform backslash, command, and variable substitutions
substiff (1) - extract a lower left subimage from a STIFF image
subtexload (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
subyte (D3X) - set (write) a byte to user space
sulog (4) - log of all su attempts
sulogin (1M) - access single-user mode
sum (1) - print checksum and block count of a file
SUM (3I) - Sums array elements
sun2stiff (1) - convert a Sun Rasterfile image file to Stream TIFF (STIFF)
suword (D3X) - set (write) a word to user space
SVD, SSVD (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine determines the singular value decomposition T A=USV of a REAL M by N rectangular matrix. Householder bidiagonalization and a variant of the QR algorithm are used.
t6attr_alloc (3N) - Allocate a control block with all attributs set
t6clear_blk (3N) - Clear a control block
t6cmp_attrs (3N) - Compare two security attributes
t6cmp_blk (3N) - compare security attributes
t6copy_attr (3N) - copy security attributes
t6copy_blk (3N) - copy security attributes
t6create_attr (3N) - Create a control block
t6dup_attr (3N) - duplicate security attributes
t6dup_blk (3N) - Duplicate security attributes
t6ext_attr, t6new_attr (3N) - Activate extended security attributes or set policy on security attribute change
t6free_attr (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6free_blk (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6get_attr, t6set_attr (3N) - Get or set security attributes
t6get_endpt_mask, t6set_endpt_mask, t6get_endpt_default, t6set_endpt_default (3N) - get or set endpoint security attribute mask, get or set endpoint default security attributes
t6mls_socket (3N) - Mark a socket as trusted.
t6peek_attr, t6last_attr (3N) - examine the security attributes on the next or previous byte of data
t6recvfrom (3N) - Read security attributes and data from a trusted endpoint
TIFFWritedEncodedStrip (3T) - compress and write a strip of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWritedEncodedTile (3T) - compress and write a tile of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteDirectory (3T) - write the current directory in an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawStrip (3T) - write a strip of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawTile (3T) - write a tile of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteScanline (3T) - write a scanline to an open TIFF file
tile (6D) - repeats an image in two dimensions
time (1) - time a command
time (2) - get time
time (3Tcl) - Time the execution of a script
time, ctime, ltime, gmtime (3F) - return system time
Time::gmtime (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in gmtime() function
Time::Local (3) - efficiently compute time from local and GMT time
Time::localtime (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in localtime() function
Time::tm (3) - internal object used by Time::gmtime and Time::localtime
timed (1M) - time server daemon
timedc (1M) - timed control program
TIMEF (3F) - Returns elapsed wall-clock time in milliseconds since the previous call to TIMEF
timers (5) - timers and process time accounting information
timer_create (3c) - create a posix timer
timer_delete (3c) - delete a posix timer
timer_getoverrun (3C) - get the posix timer overrun count
timer_gettime (3C) - get the time remaining before posix timer expiration
timer_settime (3C) - set the expiration time for a posix timer
times (2) - get process and child process times
timeserver (1M) - time server daemon for Macintoshes running K- Time
timeslave (1M) - 'slave' local clock to a better one
timex (1) - time a command; report process data and system activity
timezone (4) - set default system time zone
timod (7) - Transport Interface cooperating STREAMS module
TINVIT, STINVIT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvectors of a TRIDIAGONAL SYMMETRIC matrix corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration.
TINY (3I) - Returns the smallest positive value for a real argument
tirdwr (7) - Transport Interface read/write interface STREAMS module
tk (3Tk) - Manipulate Tk internal state
tkerror (3Tk) - Command invoked to process background errors
tkvars (3Tk) - Variables used or set by Tk
tkwait (3Tk) - Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
Tk_BackgroundError (3Tk) - report Tcl error that occurred in background processing
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple (3Tk) - utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
Tk_CanvasTextInfo (3Tk) - additional information for managing text items in canvases
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw (3Tk) - utility procedures for canvas type managers
Tk_ClearSelection (3Tk) - Deselect a selection
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend (3Tk) - Manage the clipboard
Tk_ConfigureWidget, Tk_Offset, Tk_ConfigureInfo, Tk_ConfigureValue, Tk_FreeOptions (3Tk) - process configuration options for widgets
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat (3Tk) - define new file format for photo images
Tk_CreateSelHandler, Tk_DeleteSelHandler (3Tk) - arrange to handle requests for a selection
Tk_CreateTimerHandler, Tk_DeleteTimerHandler (3Tk) - call a procedure at a given time
Tk_DeleteImage (3Tk) - Destroy an image.
tk_dialog (3Tk) - Create modal dialog and wait for response
Tk_DoOneEvent, Tk_MainLoop, Tk_HandleEvent (3Tk) - wait for events and invoke event handlers
Tk_DoWhenIdle, Tk_CancelIdleCall (3Tk) - invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight (3Tk) - draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
Tk_EventInit (3Tk) - Use the Tk event loop without the rest of Tk
Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, Tk_PhotoGetImage, Tk_PhotoBlank, Tk_PhotoExpand, Tk_PhotoGetSize, Tk_PhotoSetSize (3Tk) - manipulate the image data stored in a photo image.
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse (3Tk) - Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
Tk_FreeXId (3Tk) - make X resource identifier available for reuse
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetInternalBorder (3Tk) - specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle (3Tk) - translate between strings and cap styles
Tk_GetColor, Tk_GetColorByValue, Tk_NameOfColor, Tk_FreeColor (3Tk) - maintain database of colors
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_FreeColormap (3Tk) - allocate and free colormaps
Tk_GetCursor, Tk_GetCursorFromData, Tk_NameOfCursor, Tk_FreeCursor (3Tk) - maintain database of cursors
Tk_GetFontStruct, Tk_NameOfFontStruct, Tk_FreeFontStruct (3Tk) - maintain database of fonts
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC (3Tk) - maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage (3Tk) - use an image in a widget
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle (3Tk) - translate between strings and join styles
Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify (3Tk) - translate between strings and justification styles
Tk_GetOption (3Tk) - retrieve an option from the option database
Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetScreenMM (3Tk) - translate between strings and screen units
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap (3Tk) - allocate and free pixmaps
Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief (3Tk) - translate between strings and relief values
Tk_GetRootCoords (3Tk) - Compute root-window coordinates of window
Tk_GetScrollInfo (3Tk) - parse arguments for scrolling commands
Tk_GetSelection (3Tk) - retrieve the contents of a selection
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid (3Tk) - convert from string to unique identifier
Tk_GetVisual (3Tk) - translate from string to visual
Tk_GetVRootGeometry (3Tk) - Get location and size of virtual root for window
Tk_IdToWindow (3Tk) - Find Tk's window information for an X window
Tk_ImageChanged (3Tk) - notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName (3Tk) - manage cache of X atoms
tk_listboxSingleSelect (3Tk) - Allow only one selected element in listbox(es)
Tk_Main (3Tk) - main program for Tk-based applications
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry (3Tk) - maintain geometry of one window relative to another
Tk_MainWindow (3Tk) - find the main window for an application
Tk_ManageGeometry (3Tk) - arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
Tk_MapWindow, Tk_UnmapWindow (3Tk) - map or unmap a window
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal (3Tk) - Obsolete support for menu bars
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow (3Tk) - Adjust the position of a top-level window
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow (3Tk) - convert between names and window tokens
Tk_NameOfImage (3Tk) - Return name of image.
tk_optionMenu (3Tk) - Create an option menubutton and its menu
Tk_OwnSelection (3Tk) - make a window the owner of the primary selection
Tk_ParseArgv (3Tk) - process command-line options
tk_popup (3Tk) - Post a popup menu
Tk_Preserve, Tk_Release, Tk_EventuallyFree (3Tk) - avoid freeing storage while it's being used
Tk_RegisterInterp (3Tk) - make an interpreter accessible with ``send'' command
Tk_RestackWindow (3Tk) - Change a window's position in the stacking order
Tk_RestrictEvents (3Tk) - filter and selectively delay X events
Tk_SetAppName (3Tk) - Set the name of an application for ``send'' commands
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class (3Tk) - set or retrieve a window's class
Tk_SetColorModel, Tk_GetColorModel (3Tk) - access color model for screen
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid (3Tk) - control the grid for interactive resizing
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque (3Tk) - Modify the Tk color palette
Tk_SetWindowVisual (3Tk) - change visual characteristics of window
Tk_Sleep (3Tk) - delay execution for a given number of milliseconds
Tk_StrictMotif (3Tk) - Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
Tk_WindowId, Tk_Parent, Tk_Display, Tk_DisplayName, Tk_ScreenNumber, Tk_Screen, Tk_X, Tk_Y, Tk_Width, Tk_Height, Tk_Changes, Tk_Attributes, Tk_IsMapped, Tk_IsTopLevel, Tk_ReqWidth, Tk_ReqHeight, Tk_InternalBorderWidth, Tk_Visual, Tk_Depth, Tk_Colormap (3Tk) - retrieve information from Tk's local data structure
tlink (1) - clone a file tree using symbolic links
tltbin (3G) - selects a texture look up table
tltdef (3G) - defines a texture look-up table
tlutbind (3G) - selects a texture look up table
tlutdef (3G) - defines a texture look-up table
TmArrowButton (3Tm) - the ArrowButton widget class
TmBulletinBoard (3Tm) - the BulletinBoard widget class
TmCascadeButton (3Tm) - the CascadeButton widget class
TmCommand (3Tm) - the Command widget class
TmContainer (3Tm) - the Container widget class
TmCore (3Tm) - the Core widget class
TmCSText (3Tm) - the CSText widget class
TmDialogShell (3Tm) - the DialogShell widget class
TmDrawingArea (3Tm) - the DrawingArea widget class
TmDrawnButton (3Tm) - the DrawnButton widget class
TmFileSelectionBox (3Tm) - the FileSelectionBox widget class
TmForm (3Tm) - the Form widget class
TmFrame (3Tm) - the Frame widget class
TmLabel (3Tm) - the Label widget class
TmList (3Tm) - the List widget class
TmMainWindow (3Tm) - the MainWindow widget class
TmManager (3Tm) - the Manager widget class
TmMessageBox (3Tm) - the MessageBox widget class
TmNotebook (3Tm) - the Notebook widget class
TmPanedWindow (3Tm) - the PanedWindow widget class
tmpfile (3S) - create a temporary file
tmpnam, tempnam (3S) - create a name for a temporary file
TmPrimitive (3Tm) - the Primitive widget class
TmRoot (3Tm) - the toplevel widget ``.''
TmRowColumn (3Tm) - the RowColumn widget class
TmScale (3Tm) - the Scale widget class
TmScrollBar (3Tm) - the ScrollBar widget class
TmScrolledWindow (3Tm) - the ScrolledWindow widget class
TmSelectionBox (3Tm) - the SelectionBox widget class
TmSgiGrid (3Tm) - the SGI Grid widget class
TmSgiPanel (3Tm) - the SGI IconPanel widget class
TmSpinBox (3Tm) - the SpinBox widget class
TmString (3Tm) - the string to XmString conversion
TmText (3Tm) - the Text widget class
TmThumbWheel (3Tm) - the SGI sgThumbWheel widget class
TmToggleButton (3Tm) - the ToggleButton widget class
TmTopLevelShell (3Tm) - any toplevel widget.
TmUIL (3Tm) - the interface to the UIL system
TmVersion (3Tm) - Tcl variables for Tm versions
toalias (6D) - Convert an IRIS image to an Alias image
toascii (6D) - use text characters to represent an image
tobin (6D) - Convert an Iris image to binary dump of pixel data
tobw (6D) - convert a color image to black and white
tochunky (1) - Convert an SGI image to CHUNKY printer data format
toggleSystemTunes (1M) - set speaker volume during startup
togglexhost (1) - toggle X server access control
togif (6D) - convert an IRIS image to a Compuserve GIF image
tokenring (7) - IRIS-4D Series Token Ring controllers
tomac (6D) - convert an IRIS image to MacPaint format
tonews (6D) - convert an IRIS image into NeWS format
toolchest (1X) - utility menu program
top (1) - display and update information about the top cpu processes
topict (6D) - convert an IRIS image to Macintosh PICT format
toplevel (3Tk) - Create and manipulate toplevel widgets
TopLevelShell - The TopLevelShell widget class
TopLevelShell (3X) - The TopLevelShell widget class
topology (1) - machine topology information
toppm (6D) - convert an IRIS image file into Jef Poskanzer's ppm image format
tops (6D) - Convert an iris image to PostScript
toscitex (6D) - Convert IRIS images into Scitex CT2T images
tosun (6D) - convert an IRIS image to a sun raster file
totarga (6D) - Convert from an IRIS image to a type 2 (RGB) targa image
touch (1) - update access and modification times of a file
toyuv (6D) - convert an IRIS image to yuv format
to_dos, to_unix (1) - convert text files between MSDOS and UNIX
to_imap (1) - copy mail folders to Netscape Mail IMAP location
tpon, tpoff (3G) - control the visibility of the textport
tps, tpsc (7M) - SCSI tape interface
tput (1) - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
TQL1, STQL1 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the QL method.
TQL2, STQL2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the QL method. The eigenvectors of a FULL SYMMETRIC matrix can also be found if TRED2 has been used to reduce this full matrix to tridiagonal form.
TQLRAT, STQLRAT (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds the eigenvalues of a SYMMETRIC TRIDIAGONAL matrix by the rational QL method.
tr (1) - translate characters
trace (3Tcl) - Monitor variable accesses
traceroute (1M) - print the route packets take to a network host
Traits - Lists the traits used by the Motif Toolkit.
TRANSFER (3I) - Treats the first argument as if it is of the same type as the second argument
TransientShell - The TransientShell widget class
TransientShell (3X) - The TransientShell widget class
transl (3G) - translates the current matrix
translate (3G) - translates the current matrix
TRANSPOSE (3I) - Transposes an array of rank two
TRBAK1, STRBAK1 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding symmetric tridiagonal matrix determined by TRED1.
TRBAK3, STRBAK3 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine forms the eigenvectors of a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix by back transforming those of the corresponding symmetric tridiagonal matrix determined by TRED3.
TRED1, STRED1 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix to a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using orthogonal similarity transformations.
TRED2, STRED2 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix to a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using and accumulating orthogonal similarity transformations.
TRED3, STRED3 (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine reduces a REAL SYMMETRIC matrix, stored as a one-dimensional array, to a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using orthogonal similarity transformations.
TRIDIB, STRIDIB (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvalues of a TRIDIAGONAL SYMMETRIC matrix between specified boundary indices, using bisection.
TRIM (3I) - Returns the character argument with trailing blank characters removed
TRIMLEN (3F) - Returns the length of a character argument without counting trailing blanks
true, false (1) - provide truth values
truncate, ftruncate, truncate64, ftruncate64 (2) - set a file to a specified length
tsix_get_mac (3N) - get the MAC label of incoming data
tsix_get_solabel (3N) - get the MAC label of a socket
tsix_get_uid (3N) - get the User ID of incoming data
tsix_off (3N) - disable trusted networking
tsix_on (3N) - enable trusted networking
tsix_recvfrom_mac (3N) - recieve a message and a MAC label from a socket
tsix_sendto_mac (3N) - send a message with a specified MAC label
tsix_set_mac (3N) - set the MAC label of outgoing data
tsix_set_mac_byrhost (3N) - set the MAC label of outgoing data
tsix_set_solabel (3N) - set the MAC label of a socket
tsix_set_uid (3N) - set the User ID of outgoing data
tsort (1) - topological sort
TSTURM, STSTURM (3F) - EISPACK routine. This subroutine finds those eigenvalues of a TRIDIAGONAL SYMMETRIC matrix which lie in a specified interval and their associated eigenvectors, using bisection and inverse iteration.
ttcopy (1) - copy files in a ToolTalk-safe way.
ttcp (1) - test TCP and UDP performance
ttdbck (8) - display, check, or repair ToolTalk databases.
ttdbserverd, rpc.ttdbserverd (8) - RPC-based ToolTalk database server
ttmv (1) - move or rename files in a ToolTalk-safe way.
ttrm, ttrmdir (1) - remove files or directories in a ToolTalk-safe way.
ttsession (1) - The ToolTalk message server
tttar (1) - (de)archive files and ToolTalk objects
tty (1) - get the name of the terminal
tty (7) - controlling terminal interface
ttynam, isatty (3F) - find name of a terminal port
ttyname, ttyname_r, isatty (3C) - find name of a terminal
ttyslot (3C) - find the slot in the utmp file of the current user
ttytype (4) - data base of terminal types by port
tt_type_comp (1) - The ToolTalk otype and ptype compiler
twilight (6D) - twilight sky screen background
twm (1) - Tab Window Manager for the X Window System
type (1) - write a description of command type
type1xfonts (1) - build X style font directory for Type1 fonts
typeCache (1) - fill desktop type cache for a directory
types (5) - primitive system data types
t_accept (3N) - accept a connect request
t_alloc (3N) - allocate a library structure
t_bind (3N) - bind an address to a transport endpoint
t_close (3N) - close a transport endpoint
t_connect (3N) - establish a connection with another transport user
t_error (3N) - produce error message
t_free (3N) - free a library structure
t_getinfo (3N) - get protocol-specific service information
t_getprotaddr (3N) - get protocol-specific service information
t_getstate (3N) - get the current state
t_listen (3N) - listen for a connect request
t_look (3N) - look at the current event on a transport endpoint
t_open (3N) - establish a transport endpoint
t_optmgmt (3N) - manage options for a transport endpoint
t_rcv (3N) - receive data or expedited data sent over a connection
t_rcvconnect (3N) - receive the confirmation from a connect request
t_rcvdis (3N) - retrieve information from disconnect
t_rcvrel (3N) - acknowledge receipt of an orderly release indication
t_rcvudata (3N) - receive a data unit
t_rcvuderr (3N) - receive a unit data error indication
t_snd (3N) - send data or expedited data over a connection
vlConnectionNumber, vlGetFD, vlServerProtocolVersion, vlServerVendorRelease, vlServerString (3dm) - extract information from an open video server handle
wcsftime (3C) - convert date and time to wide character string
wcstod (3S) - convert wide-character string to double-precision number
wcstol, wcstoul, wcstoll, wcstoull (3S) - convert wide character string to long integer, unsigned long integer, long long integer, unsigned long long integer, respectively
XAllocIconSize, XSetIconSizes, XGetIconSizes, XIconSize (3X11) - allocate icon size structure and set or read a window's WM_ICON_SIZES property
XAllocSizeHints, XSetWMNormalHints, XGetWMNormalHints, XSetWMSizeHints, XGetWMSizeHints, XSizeHints (3X11) - allocate size hints structure and set or read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property
XAllocStandardColormap, XSetRGBColormaps, XGetRGBColormaps, XStandardColormap (3X11) - allocate, set, or read a standard colormap structure
XAllocWMHints, XSetWMHints, XGetWMHints, XWMHints (3X11) - allocate window manager hints structure and set or read a window's WM_HINTS property
XAllowDeviceEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAllowEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAnyEvent, XEvent (3X11) - generic X event structures
xargs (1) - construct argument list(s) and execute command
XMapWindow, XMapRaised, XMapSubwindows (3X11) - map windows
XmArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget class
XmArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget widget class
XmbDrawImageString, XwcDrawImageString (3X11) - draw image text using a single font set
XmbDrawString, XwcDrawString (3X11) - draw text using a single font set
XmbDrawText, XwcDrawText (3X11) - draw text using multiple font sets
xmbind (1X) - Configures virtual key bindings
XmbLookupString, XwcLookupString (3X11) - obtain composed input from an input method
XmbResetIC, XwcResetIC (3X11) - reset the state of an input context
XmbTextEscapement, XwcTextEscapement (3X11) - obtain the escapement of text
XmbTextExtents, XwcTextExtents (3X11) - compute text extents
XmbTextListToTextProperty, XwcTextListToTextProperty, XmbTextPropertyToTextList, XwcTextPropertyToTextList, XwcFreeStringList, XDefaultString (3X11) - convert text lists and text property structures
XmbTextPerCharExtents, XwcTextPerCharExtents (3X11) - obtain per- character information for a text string
XmBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget class
XmCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmCascadeButtonHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmChangeColor (3X) - Recalculates all associated colors of a widget
XmClipboardCancelCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
XmClipboardCopyByName (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that completes the copying of data to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that completes retrieval of data from the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardInquireCount (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
XmClipboardInquireFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a specified format name
XmClipboardInquireLength (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data ID/private ID pairs
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data_id/private_id pairs
XmClipboardLock (3X) - A clipboard function that locks the clipboard
XmClipboardRegisterFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that registers a new format
XmClipboardRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that sets up a storage and data structure
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that prepares to retrieve data from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that starts a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardUndoCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
XmClipboardUnlock (3X) - A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard
XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
XmComboBox (3X) - The ComboBox widget class
XmComboBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the ComboBox widget
XmComboBoxDeletePos (3X) - Delete a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSelectItem (3X) - select a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmComboBox list
XmComboBoxUpdate (3X) - A ComboBox function that resynchronizes data
XmCommand (3X) - The Command widget class
XmCommandAppendValue (3X) - A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget
XmCommandError (3X) - A Command function that displays an error message
XmCommandGetChild (3X) - A Command function that is used to access a component
XmCommandSetValue (3X) - A Command function that replaces a displayed string
XmContainer (3X) - The Container widget class
XmContainerCopy (3X) - Container widget function to copy primary selection to the clipboard
XmContainerCopyLink (3X) - Container widget function to copy links to the clipboard
XmContainerCut (3X) - Container widget function to move items to the clipboard
XmContainerGetItemChildren (3X) - Container widget function to find all children of an item
XmContainerPaste (3X) - Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard
XmContainerPasteLink (3X) - Container widget function to insert links from the clipboard
XmContainerRelayout (3X) - Container widget relayout function
XmContainerReorder (3X) - Container widget function to reorder children
XmConvertStringToUnits (3X) - A function that converts a string specification to a unit value
XmConvertUnits (3X) - A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
XmCreateArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget creation function
XmCreateArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog (3X) - The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget creation function
XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateComboBox (3X) - The default ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateCommand (3X) - The Command widget creation function
XmCreateCommandDialog (3X) - The Command CommandDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateContainer (3X) - The Container widget creation function
XmCreateDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget creation function
XmCreateDragIcon (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget
XmCreateDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget creation function
XmCreateDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownComboBox (3X) - The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownList (3X) - The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateErrorDialog (3X) - The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateForm (3X) - The Form widget creation function
XmCreateFormDialog (3X) - A Form FormDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFrame (3X) - The Frame widget creation function
XmCreateIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget creation function
XmCreateInformationDialog (3X) - The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateLabel (3X) - The Label widget creation function
XmCreateLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget creation function
XmCreateList (3X) - The List widget creation function
XmCreateMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget creation function
XmCreateMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget creation function
XmCreateMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget creation function
XmCreateMessageDialog (3X) - The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget creation function
XmCreateOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget creation function
XmCreatePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePromptDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function
XmCreatePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget creation function
XmCreatePushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateQuestionDialog (3X) - The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget creation function
XmCreateScale (3X) - The Scale widget creation function
XmCreateScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget creation function
XmCreateScrolledList (3X) - The List ScrolledList convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The Text ScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The TextScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget creation function
XmCreateSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget creation function
XmCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleSpinBox (3X) - the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
XmCreateSpinBox (3X) - The SpinBox creation function
XmCreateTemplateDialog (3X) - A MessageBox TemplateDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateText (3X) - The Text widget creation function
XmCreateTextField (3X) - The TextField widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateWarningDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn work area
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn WorkArea
XmCreateWorkingDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function
XmCvtByteStreamToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts from a compound string in Byte Stream format to a compound string
XmCvtCTToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts compound text to a compound string
XmCvtStringToUnitType (3X) - A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable (3X) - A function that converts from a TextProperty Structure to a StringTable
XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringTable to an XTextProperty Structure
XmCvtXmStringToByteStream (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to a Byte Stream format
XmCvtXmStringToCT (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to compound text
XmDeactivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDestroyPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache
XmDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget class
XmDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of widget components
XmDirectionMatch (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionMatchPartial (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionToStringDirection (3X) - A function that converts an XmDirection value to an XmStringDirection value
XmDisplay (3X) - The Display widget class
XmDragCancel (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that terminates a drag transaction
XmDragContext (3X) - The DragContext widget class
XmDragIcon (3X) - The DragIcon widget class
XmDragStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and drop transaction
XmDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget class
XmDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget class
XmDropSite (3X) - The DropSite Registry
XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
XmDropSiteEndUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget
XmDropSiteRegister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that identifies a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
XmDropSiteRegistered (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that determines if a drop site has been registered
XmDropSiteRetrieve (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves resource values set on a drop site
XmDropSiteStartUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteUnregister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that frees drop site information
XmDropSiteUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that sets resource values for a drop site
XmDropTransfer (3X) - The DropTransfer widget class
XmDropTransferAdd (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that enables additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating a drop transfer
XmDropTransferStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drop transfer
XmeAddFocusChangeCallback - Registers a callback for focus changes
XmeClearBorder (3X) - Clears the window decorations that border a given widget
XmeClipboardSink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the clipboard to a widget
XmeClipboardSource (3X) - A toolkit function that places data on the clipboard
XmeConfigureObject (3X) - Changes a child's position, size, or border width
XmeConvertMerge (3X) - A toolkit function that merges data converted during a transfer operation
XmeCreateClassDialog (3X) - Creates a DialogShell containing a widget of the specified class
XmeDragSource (3X) - A toolkit function that starts a drag and drop operation
XmeDrawArrow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional arrow
XmeDrawCircle (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional circle
XmeDrawDiamond (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional diamond
XmeDrawHighlight (3X) - Draws a Motif-style highlight around a given widget to show that it has been selected
XmeDrawIndicator (3X) - Draws a Motif-style indicator (either a check mark or a cross) at the specified location in the drawable
XmeDrawPolygonShadow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three- dimensional shadow around a polygon
XmeDrawSeparator (3X) - Draws several different types of line- based separators
XmeDrawShadows (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional shadow around a widget
XmeDropSink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as a drop site
XmeFocusIsInShell (3X) - Returns a Boolean value to indicate whether the parent shell of a specified widget has the keyboard focus.
XmeFromHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on horizontal resolution of the screen
XmeFromVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on vertical resolution of the screen
XmeGetColorObjData (3X) - access ColorObject desktop and pixel data
XmeGetDefaultPixel (3X) - Generates colors based on the screen background color
XmeGetDefaultRenderTable (3X) - Returns the default render table associated with a specified widget
XmeGetDesktopColorCells (3X) - return desktop pixel data in XColor[] format
XmeGetDirection (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a direction component
XmeGetEncodingAtom (3X) - A toolkit function that returns the encoding of the locale
XmeGetHomeDirName (3X) - Returns the pathname of the user's home directory
XmeGetLocalizedString (3X) - Returns a localized version of the input string
XmeGetNextCharacter (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a character
XmeGetNullCursor (3X) - Returns the null cursor associated with a given display
XmeGetPixmapData (3X) - Returns details about a cached pixmap
XmeGetTextualDragIcon (3X) - Returns an icon widget symbolizing a textual drag operation in progress
XmeMicroSleep (3X) - Suspends execution for a specified number of microseconds
XmeNamedSink - A toolkit function that transfers data from the named selection to a widget
XmeNamedSource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of a named selection
XmeNamesAreEqual (3X) - Compares two strings for equality
XmeNavigChangeManaged (3X) - Helps a change_managed method establish the correct keyboard traversal policy
XmePrimarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the primary selection to a widget
XmePrimarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the primary selection
XmeQueryBestCursorSize (3X) - Finds the best cursor size
XmeRedisplayGadgets (3X) - Redisplays all the gadget children of a manager
XmeRemoveFocusChangeCallback (3X) - Removes a focus change callback
XmeRenderTableGetDefaultFont (3X) - Gets information on the default font associated with a specified render table
XmeReplyToQueryGeometry (3X) - Handles standard geometry requests
XmeResolvePartOffsets (3X) - Allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmeSecondarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as the destination for secondary transfer
XmeSecondarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the secondary selection
XmeSecondaryTransfer (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the secondary selection to the destination widget
XmeSetWMShellTitle (3X) - A compound string function that updates the window manager title
xmessage (1) - display a message or query in a window (X-based /bin/echo)
XmeStandardConvert (3X) - A toolkit function that converts selections to standard targets
XmeStandardTargets (3X) - A toolkit function that returns a list of standard targets
XmeToHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeToVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeTraitGet (3X) - Returns the trait record associated with a given object
XmeTraitSet (3X) - Installs a trait on a specified object
XmeTransferAddDoneProc (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a procedure to be called when data transfer is complete
XmeVirtualToActualKeysyms (3X) - Finds the physical keysyms associated with a given virtual keysym.
XmeWarning (3X) - Writes a warning message to the standard error stream
XmFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget class
XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
XmFileSelectionDoSearch (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
XmFontList (3X) - Data type for a font list
XmFontListAdd (3X) - A font list function that creates a new font list
XmFontListAppendEntry (3X) - A font list function that appends an entry to a font list
XmFontListCopy (3X) - A font list function that copies a font list
XmFontListCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list
XmFontListEntryCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list entry
XmFontListEntryFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetFont (3X) - A font list function that retrieves font information from a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetTag (3X) - A font list function that retrieves the tag of a font list entry
XmFontListEntryLoad (3X) - A font list function that loads a font or creates a font set and creates an accompanying font list entry
XmFontListFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list
XmFontListFreeFontContext (3X) - A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
XmFontListGetNextFont (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list
XmFontListInitFontContext (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list
XmFontListNextEntry (3X) - A font list function that returns the next entry in a font list
XmFontListRemoveEntry (3X) - A font list function that removes a font list entry from a font list
XmForm (3X) - The Form widget class
XmFrame (3X) - The Frame widget class
XmGadget (3X) - The Gadget widget class
XmGetAtomName (3X) - A function that returns the string representation for an atom
XmGetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation
XmGetColors (3X) - A function that generates foreground, select, and shadow colors
XmGetDestination (3X) - A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations
XmGetDragContext (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
XmGetFocusWidget (3X) - Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus
XmGetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor
XmGetPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmapByDepth (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPostedFromWidget (3X) - A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted
XmGetScaledPixmap (3X) - read a pixmap file and scale it according to pixmap and print resolution
XmGetSecondaryResourceData (3X) - A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data
XmGetTabGroup (3X) - Returns the widget ID of a tab group
XmGetTearOffControl (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu
XmGetVisibility (3X) - A function that determines if a widget is visible
XmGetXmDisplay (3X) - A Display function that returns the XmDisplay object ID for a specified display
XmGetXmScreen (3X) - A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object ID for a specified screen
xmh (1) - send and read mail with an X interface to MH
XmIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget class
XmImCloseXIM (3X) - An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImFreeXIC (3X) - An input manager function that unregisters widgets for an XIC
XmImGetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that obtains an XIC for a widget
XmImGetXIM (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImMbLookupString (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves a composed string from an input method
XmImMbResetIC (3X) - An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
XmImRegister (3X) - An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager
XmImSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmImSetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget
XmImUnregister (3X) - An input manager function that removes a widget from association with its input manager
XmImUnsetFocus (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input method that a widget has lost input focus
XmImVaSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImVaSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the image cache
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the pixmap cache
XmInternAtom (3X) - A function that returns an atom for a given name
XmInternAtom (3X) - A macro that returns an atom for a given name
XmIsMotifWMRunning (3X) - A function that determines whether the window manager is running
XmIsTraversable (3X) - A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed
xmj (6D) - Mahjong game
xmkmf (1) - create a Makefile from an Imakefile
XmLabel (3X) - The Label widget class
XmLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget widget class
XmList (3X) - The List widget class
XmListAddItem (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItems (3X) - A List function that adds items to the list
XmListAddItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds items to a list
XmListAddItemUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListDeleteAllItems (3X) - A List function that deletes all items from the list
XmListDeleteItem (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from the list
XmListDeleteItems (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list
XmListDeleteItemsPos (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
XmListDeletePos (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
XmListDeletePositions (3X) - A List function that deletes items from a list based on an array of positions
XmListDeselectAllItems (3X) - A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
XmListDeselectItem (3X) - A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
XmListDeselectPos (3X) - A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListGetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor
XmListGetMatchPos (3X) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmListGetSelectedPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
XmListItemExists (3X) - A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
XmListItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
XmListPosSelected (3X) - A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected
XmListPosToBounds (3X) - A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list
XmListReplaceItems (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPos (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items
XmListReplaceItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list
XmListReplacePositions (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list based on position
XmListSelectItem (3X) - A List function that selects an item in the list
XmListSelectPos (3X) - A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListSetAddMode (3X) - A List function that sets add mode in the list
XmListSetBottomItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomPos (3X) - A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetHorizPos (3X) - A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
XmListSetItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
XmListSetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position
XmListSetPos (3X) - A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
XmListUpdateSelectedList (3X) - A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y coordinate
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate
XmMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget class
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep2 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep3 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget
XmMainWindowSetAreas (3X) - A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area
XmManager (3X) - The Manager widget class
XmMapSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup menu pane
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup MenuPane
XmMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget class
XmMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget class
XmMessageBoxGetChild (3X) - A MessageBox function that is used to access a component
XmNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget class
XmNotebookGetPageInfo (3X) - A Notebook function that returns page information
XmObjectAtPoint (3X) - A toolkit function that determines which child intersects or comes closest to a specified point
xmodmap (1) - utility for modifying keymaps (and pointer buttons) in X
XmOptionButtonGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu
XmOptionLabelGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu
XmPanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget class
XmParseMapping (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse mapping
XmParseMappingCreate (3X) - A compound string function to create a parse mapping
XmParseMappingFree (3X) - A compound string function to free a parse mapping
XmParseMappingGetValues (3X) - A compound string function to retrieve attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseMappingSetValues (3X) - A compound string function to set attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseTable (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse table
XmParseTableFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmPrimitive (3X) - The Primitive widget class
XmPrintPopupPDM (3X) - Send a notification for the PDM to be popped up
XmPrintSetup (3X) - setup and create a Print Shell widget
XmPrintShell (3X) - a shell widget class used for printing in Motif
XmPrintToFile (3X) - Retrieves and saves data that would normally be printed by the X Print Server.
XmProcessTraversal (3X) - A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus
XmPushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget class
XmPushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget widget class
XmQTaccessTextual (3X) - A widget holding this trait can display textual data
XmQTactivatable (3X) - A widget holding this trait will be treated as a command button in a DialogBox or as a major tab in a Notebook
XmQTcareParentVisual (3X) - A child widget holding this trait wants to be notified whenever its parent's visual state changes
XmQTcontainer (3X) - A widget holding this trait can manage widgets holding the XmQTcontainerItem trait
XmQTcontainerItem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a child of a widget holding the XmQTcontainer trait
XmQTdialogShellSavvy (3X) - A dialog widget holding this trait can become a child of the XmDialogShell widget
XmQTjoinSide (3X) - A child widget holding this trait can be attached to one side of a suitable parent widget
XmQTmenuSavvy (3X) - A widget holding this trait can become a menu child
XmQTmenuSystem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a menu system
XmQTnavigator (3X) - A widget holding this trait can act as a navigator
XmQTscrollFrame (3X) - A widget holding this trait can handle one or more navigator widgets
XmQTspecifyRenderTable (3X) - A widget holding this trait can supply the names of its default render tables to any requestor
XmQTtakesDefault (3X) - A button widget holding this trait can change its appearance to show that it is the default button
XmQTtransfer (3X) - A trait that implements data transfer to and from a widget
XmRedisplayWidget (3X) - Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
XmRegisterSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that registers a compound text encoding format for a specified font list element tag
XmRemoveFromPostFromList (3X) - a RowColumn function that disables a menu for a particular widget
XmRemoveProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRemoveTabGroup (3X) - A function that removes a tab group
XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRenderTable (3X) - Data type for a render table
XmRenderTableAddRenditions (3X) - Creates a new render table
XmRenderTableCopy (3X) - A render table function that copies renditions
XmRenderTableCvtFromProp (3X) - A render table function that converts from a string representation to a render table
XmRenderTableCvtToProp (3X) - A render table function that converts a render table to a string representation
XmRenderTableFree (3X) - A render table function that recovers memory
XmRenderTableGetRendition (3X) - A convenience function that matches a rendition tag
XmRenderTableGetRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that matches rendition tags
XmRenderTableGetTags (3X) - A convenience function that gets rendition tags
XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that removes renditions
XmRendition (3X) - The Rendition registry
XmRenditionCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a rendition
XmRenditionFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a rendition
XmRenditionRetrieve (3X) - A convenience function that retrieves rendition resources
XmRenditionUpdate (3X) - A convenience function that modifies resources
XmRepTypeAddReverse (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type
XmRepTypeGetId (3X) - A representation type manager function that retrieves the identification number of a representation type
XmRepTypeGetNameList (3X) - A representation type manager function that generates a list of values for a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRecord (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns information about a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRegistered (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns a copy of the registration list
XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel.
XmRepTypeRegister (3X) - A representation type manager function that registers a representation type resource
XmRepTypeValidValue (3X) - A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource
XmResolveAllPartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolvePartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget class
XmScale - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScale (3X) - The Scale widget class
XmScale SGI Resources - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScaleGetValue (3X) - A Scale function that returns the current slider position
XmScaleSetTicks (3X) - A Scale function that controls tick marks
XmScaleSetValue (3X) - A Scale function that sets a slider value
XmScreen (3X) - The Screen widget class
XmScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget class
XmScrollBarGetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values
XmScrollBarSetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
XmScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget class
XmScrolledWindowSetAreas (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget
XmScrollVisible (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible
XmSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget class
XmSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A SelectionBox function that is used to access a component
XmSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget class
XmSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget widget class
XmSetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation
XmSetFontUnit (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnits (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSimpleSpinBox - a simple SpinBox widget class
XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos (3X) - delete a XmSimpleSpinBox item
XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
XmSpinBox - The SpinBox widget class
XmSpinBoxValidatePosition (3X) - translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child into a valid position
XmString (3X) - Data type for a compound string
XmStringBaseline (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text
XmStringByteCompare (3X) - A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison
XmStringByteStreamLength (3X) - A function that returns the size of a string
XmStringCompare (3X) - A compound string function that compares two strings
XmStringComponentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates arbitrary components
XmStringComponentType (3X) - Data type for compound string components
XmStringConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another
XmStringConcatAndFree (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another and frees the original strings
XmStringCopy (3X) - A compound string function that makes a copy of a string
XmStringCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateLocalized (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the current locale
XmStringCreateLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateSimple (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget
XmStringDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of display in a string
XmStringDirectionCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringDirectionToDirection (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringDirection to XmDirection
XmStringDraw (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window
XmStringDrawImage (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image
XmStringDrawUnderline (3X) - A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero length text components
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components
XmStringExtent (3X) - A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that conditionally deallocates memory
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that instructs the toolkit that the context is no longer needed
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that releases the string scanning context data structure
XmStringGenerate (3X) - A convenience function that generates a compound string
XmStringGetLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string
XmStringGetNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the bytes in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the octets in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextTriple (3X) - An XmString function that returns the type, length, and value of the next component in the compound string
XmStringHasSubstring (3X) - A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
XmStringHeight (3X) - A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that allows applications to read out the content segment by segment
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that creates a data structure for scanning an XmString component by component
XmStringIsVoid (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components, tab components, or separator components
XmStringLength (3X) - A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string
XmStringLineCount (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string
XmStringNConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends a specified number of bytes to a compound string
XmStringNCopy (3X) - A compound string function that creates a copy of a compound string
XmStringParseText (3X) - A function that converts a character string to a compound string
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component fetched
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component to be fetched
XmStringPeekNextTriple (3X) - A function that returns the component type of the next component
XmStringPutRendition (3X) - A convenience function that places renditions around strings
XmStringSegmentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringSeparatorCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringTable (3X) - Data type for an array of compound strings
XmStringTableParseStringArray (3X) - A convenience function that converts an array of strings to a compound string table
XmStringTableProposeTablist (3X) - A convenience function that returns a tab list
XmStringTableToXmString (3X) - A convenience function that converts a compound string table to a single compound string
XmStringTableUnparse (3X) - A convenience function that converts a table of compound strings to an array of text
XmStringToXmStringTable (3X) - A convenience function that converts a single compound string to a table of compound strings
XmStringUnparse (3X) - A compound string function that unparses text
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the longest sequence of text components in a compound string
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string
XmTab (3X) - Data type for a tab stop
XmTabCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a tab stop
XmTabFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a tab
XmTabGetValues (3X) - A convenience function that returns tab values
XmTabList (3X) - Data type for a tab list
XmTabListCopy (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list from an existing list
XmTabListFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees the memory of a new tab list
XmTabListGetTab (3X) - A convenience function that returns a copy of a tab
XmTabListInsertTabs (3X) - A convenience function that inserts tabs into a tab list
XmTabListRemoveTabs (3X) - A convenience function that removes noncontiguous tabs
XmTabListReplacePositions (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs
XmTabListTabCount (3X) - A convenience function that counts the number of tabs
XmTabSetValue (3X) - A convenience function that sets a tab stop
XmTargetsAreCompatible (3X) - A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
XmText (3X) - The Text widget class
XmText SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextClearSelection (3X) - A Text function that clears the primary selection
XmTextCopy (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCopyLink (3X) - A Text function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCut (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextDisableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget
XmTextEnableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget
XmTextField (3X) - The TextField class
XmTextField SGI-Resources - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextFieldClearSelection (3X) - A TextField function that clears the primary selection
XmTextFieldCopy (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCopyLink (3X) - A TextField function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCut (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextFieldGetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldGetLastPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
XmTextFieldGetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldGetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextFieldGetString (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the string value
XmTextFieldGetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget
XmTextFieldGetSubstring (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldInsert (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextFieldInsertWcs (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a wide character string into a TextField widget
XmTextFieldPaste (3X) - A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPasteLink (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPosToXY (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextFieldRemove (3X) - A TextField function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextFieldReplace (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextFieldReplaceWcs (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a wide character string in a TextField widget
XmTextFieldSetAddMode (3X) - A TextField function that sets the state of Add mode
XmTextFieldSetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that sets the edit permission
XmTextFieldSetErrorSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetHighlight (3X) - A TextField function that highlights text
XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldSetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldSetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetString (3X) - A TextField function that sets the string value
XmTextFieldSetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextFieldShowPosition (3X) - A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextFieldXYToPos (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextFindString (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
XmTextFindStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextGetCenterline (3X) - Return the height (length) of a character string when the writing direction is vertical
XmTextGetEditable (3X) - A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
XmTextGetLastPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
XmTextGetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextGetSelection (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextGetSource (3X) - A Text function that accesses the source of the widget
XmTextGetString (3X) - A Text function that accesses the string value
XmTextGetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget
XmTextGetSubstring (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextGetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
XmTextInsert (3X) - A Text function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextInsertWcs (3X) - A Text function that inserts a wide character string into a Text widget
XmTextPaste (3X) - A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextPasteLink (3X) - A Text function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextPosition (3X) - Data type for a character position within a text string
XmTextPosToXY (3X) - A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextRemove (3X) - A Text function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextReplace (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextReplaceWcs (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a wide character string in a Text widget
XmTextScroll (3X) - A Text function that scrolls text
XmTextSetAddMode (3X) - A Text function that sets the state of Add Mode
XmTextSetEditable (3X) - A Text function that sets the edit permission
XmTextSetErrorSelection -A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text (3X)
XmTextSetHighlight (3X) - A Text function that highlights text
XmTextSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
XmTextSetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextSetSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetSource (3X) - A Text function that sets the source of the widget
XmTextSetString (3X) - A Text function that sets the string value
XmTextSetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextSetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
XmTextShowPosition (3X) - A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextXYToPos (3X) - A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget class
XmToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget widget class
XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget
XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonGetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton
XmToggleButtonSetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonSetValue (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmTrackingEvent (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingLocate (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTransferDone (3X) - A toolkit function that completes a data transfer
XmTransferSendRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers a MULTIPLE request
XmTransferSetParameters (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue
XmTransferStartRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that begins a MULTIPLE transfer
XmTransferValue (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data to a destination
XmTranslateKey (3X) - The default keycode-to-keysym translator
XmUninstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache
XmUpdateDisplay (3X) - A function that processes all pending exposure events immediately
XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmWidgetGetBaselines (3X) - Retrieves baseline information for a widget
XmWidgetGetDisplayRect (3X) - Retrieves display rectangle information for a widget
xnetdd (1M) - Xinet's NET Doubler Daemon
XNextEvent, XPeekEvent, XWindowEvent, XCheckWindowEvent, XMaskEvent, XCheckMaskEvent, XCheckTypedEvent, XCheckTypedWindowEvent (3X11) - select events by type
XNoOp (3X11) - No Operation
xon (1) - start an X program on a remote machine
XOpenDevice, XCloseDevice (3X11) - open or close an extension input device
XOpenDisplay, XCloseDisplay (3X11) - connect or disconnect to X server
XOpenIM, XCloseIM, XSetIMValues, XGetIMValues, XDisplayOfIM, XLocaleOfIM, XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (3X11) - open, close, and otain input method information
XrmInitialize, XrmParseCommand, XrmValue, XrmOptionKind, XrmOptionDescRec (3X11) - initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line
XSGIvcListVideoFormats, XSGIvcListVideoFormatCombinations, XSGIvcListVideoFormatsInCombination, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormat, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormatCombination, XSGIvcDisableChannel (3) - Video Format Query and Load Functions
XSGIvcQueryChannelInfo (3) - Query video channel information
XSGIvcQueryMonitorName (3) - Return name of monitor connected to a video channel
XSGIvcQueryVersion (3) - Check if the X server provides the XSGIvc extension
XSGIvcQueryVideoScreenInfo (3) - Query video screen, graphics type
XSGIvcSelectInput (3) - select the XSGIvc extension event types to be sent to a client.
XSGIvcSendMonitorCommand, XSGIvcSendMonitorQuery, XSGIvcQueryMonitorBaseProtocol, XSGIvcInitMonitorBaseProtocol (3) - Monitor control
XSGIvcSetChannelInputRectangle, XSGIvcQueryBestChannelRectangle (3) - Video Pan and Zoom
XtAddExposureToRegion (3Xt) - merge exposure events into a region
XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab (3Xt) - redirect user input to a modal widget
XtAddInput, XtAddTimeout (3Xt) - register input, timeout, and workprocs
xtalk (D3) - IRIX XIO Infrastructure xwidget_driver_register (D3) - claim a class of XIO widgets xwidget_driver_unregister (D3) - remove driver from registry xtalk_iterate (D3) - revisit all claimed widgets
xtalk_dmatrans_addr (D3) - construct DMA address xtalk_dmatrans_list (D3) - construct DMA addresses xtalk_dmamap_alloc (D3) - allocate an XIO DMA channel xtalk_dmamap_addr (D3) - set DMA channel target xtalk_dmamap_list (D3) - set DMA channel targets xtalk_dmamap_done (D3) - mark DMA channel unused xtalk_dmamap_free (D3) - release XIO DMA channel resources xtalk_dmamap_drain (D3) - drain a DMA MAP based DMA path xtalk_dmaaddr_drain (D3) - drain a DMA path to a specific block xtalk_dmalist_drain (D3) - drain a DMA path for an alenlist
xtalk_error_register (D3) - register handling function
xtalk_intr_alloc (D3) - allocate a XIO Interrupt channel xtalk_intr_connect (D3) - connect handling function xtalk_intr_disconnect (D3) - disconnect handling function xtalk_intr_free (D3) - release a XIO Interrupt channel
xtalk_intr_dev_get (D3) - get XIO connect point from intr xtalk_intr_cpu_get (D3) - get target cpu from intr xtalk_intr_vector_get (D3) - get interrupt vector number xtalk_intr_target_get (D3) - get interrupt target port number xtalk_intr_addr_get (D3) - get interrupt target address xtalk_intr_sfarg_get (D3) - get setfunc argument
xtalk_pio_addr (D3) - construct PIO address xtalk_piotrans_addr (D3) - construct PIO address xtalk_piomap_alloc (D3) - allocate an XIO PIO channel xtalk_piomap_addr (D3) - set PIO channel target xtalk_piomap_done (D3) - mark PIO channel unused xtalk_piomap_free (D3) - release XIO PIO channel resources
XtAllocateGC (3Xt) - obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook (3Xt) - register an action hook procedure
XtAppAddActions (3Xt) - register an action table
XtAppAddBlockHook, XtRemoveBlockHook (3Xt) - register a block hook procedure
XtCreatePopupShell, XtVaCreatePopupShell (3Xt) - create a popup shell
XtCreateSelectionRequest, XtSendSelectionRequest, XtCancelSelectionRequest (3Xt) - bundle multiple selection conversion requests into a single request using MULTIPLE target
ypfiles (4) - the NIS database and directory structure
ypinit (1M) - build and install NIS database
ypmake (1M) - rebuild and distribute NIS databases
ypmatch (1) - print key values in NIS map
yppasswd (1) - change NIS login password
yppasswd (3R) - update user password in NIS database
yppoll (1M) - show the version of the NIS map on the NIS server
yppush (1M) - force propagation of a changed NIS map
ypservers (4) - NIS bindings file
ypset (1M) - point ypbind at a particular NIS server
ypupdated (1M) - server for changing NIS information
ypwhich (1) - print the NIS server or map master hostname
ypxfr (1M) - transfer an NIS map from some NIS server to here
yp_bootparam (1M) - update the NIS bootparams database
yp_host (1M) - update NIS "hosts" database
yp_update (3Y) - changes NIS information
ZBDSQR (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
zbsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise the Z buffer
zbuffe (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zbuffer (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zclear (3G) - initializes the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zdraw (3G) - enables or disables drawing to the z-buffer
ZDRSCL (3F) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
zero (7) - source of zeroes
zfunct (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
zfunction (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
ZGBBRD (3F) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
ZGBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZGBSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGBTF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGBTRF
ZGEBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by ZGEBAL
ZGEBAL (3F) - balance a general complex matrix A
ZGEBD2 (3F) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGEBRD (3F) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGEEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGEES (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEESX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEEV (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEEVX (3F) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEGS (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices A,
ZGEGV (3F) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices A and B, the generalized eigenvalues (alpha, beta), and optionally,
ZGEHD2 (3F) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGEHRD (3F) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGELQ2 (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGELQF (3F) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGELS (3F) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
ZGELSS (3F) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGELSX (3F) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGEQL2 (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQLF (3F) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGEQPF (3F) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M- by-N matrix A
ZGEQR2 (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQRF (3F) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGERQ2 (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGERQF (3F) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGESV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGESVD (3F) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
ZGESVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGETF2 (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGGBAK (3F) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by ZGGBAL
ZGGBAL (3F) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
ZGGGLM (3F) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
ZGGHRD (3F) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
ZGGLSE (3F) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
ZGGQRF (3F) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
ZGGRQF (3F) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
ZGGSVD (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
ZGGSVP (3F) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
ZGTCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by ZGTTRF
ZGTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGTSV (3F) - solve the equation A*X = B,
ZGTSVX (3F) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGTTRF (3F) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
ZGTTRS (3F) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZHBEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
ZHBGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBTRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHECON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHEEV (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVD (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEGS2 (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
zhemm, chemm (3F) - BLAS level three Hermitian Matrix Product
ZHERFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
zherk, cherk (3F) - BLAS level three Hermitian Rank K Update
ZHESV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHESVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHETD2 (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHETRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHGEQZ (3F) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A (3F) - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
ZHPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPEV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
ZHPEVD (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPEVX (3F) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPGST (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
ZHPGV (3F) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZHPTRD (3F) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHSEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZHSEQR (3F) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
ZLABRD (3F) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLACGV (3F) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
ZLACON (3F) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
ZLACPY (3F) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
ZLACRM (3F) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
ZLACRT (3F) - applie a plane rotation, where the cos and sin (C and S) are complex and the vectors CX and CY are complex
ZLADIV (3F) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
ZLAED0 (3F) - the divide and conquer method, ZLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
ZLAED7 (3F) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
ZLAED8 (3F) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
ZLAEIN (3F) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZLAESY (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
ZLAEV2 (3F) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
ZLAGS2 (3F) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
ZLAGTM (3F) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
ZLAHEF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLAHQR (3F) - i an auxiliary routine called by ZHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by ZHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
ZLAHRD (3F) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
ZLAIC1 (3F) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
ZLANGB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
ZLANGE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
ZLANGT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANHB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANHE (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
ZLANHP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANHS (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
ZLANHT (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANSB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANSP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANSY (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
ZLANTB (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
ZLANTP (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANTR (3F) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
ZLAPLL (3F) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
ZLAPMT (3F) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
ZLAQGB (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQGE (3F) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQHB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHE (3F) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHP (3F) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSB (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSP (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSY (3F) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAR2V (3F) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
ZLARF (3F) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFB (3F) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFG (3F) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
ZLARFT (3F) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
ZLARFX (3F) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARGV (3F) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARNV (3F) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
ZLARTG (3F) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
ZLARTV (3F) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLASCL (3F) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
ZLASET (3F) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
ZLASR (3F) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
ZLASSQ (3F) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
ZLASWP (3F) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
ZLASYF (3F) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLATBS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATPS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATRD (3F) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLATRS (3F) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATZM (3F) - applie a Householder matrix generated by ZTZRQF to a matrix
ZLAUU2 (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
ZLAUUM (3F) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
zoomstiff (1) - magnify or shrink a TIFF stream
ZPBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPBEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPBRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPBSTF (3F) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPOCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPORFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
ZPOSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOTF2 (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPEQU (3F) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPSVX (3F) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPTRF (3F) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
ZPPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPTCON (3F) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF and then calling ZBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
ZPTRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPTSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTSVX (3F) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
ZPTTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B with a Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A using the factorization A = U**H*D*U or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZPTTRF
zsourc (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
zsource (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
ZSPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPR (3F) - perform the symmetric rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
ZSPRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSPSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSPSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZSPTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSRSCL (3F) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
ZSTEDC (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
ZSTEIN (3F) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
ZSTEQR (3F) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
ZSYCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYR (3F) - perform the symmetric rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*( x' ) + A,
ZSYRFS (3F) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSYSV (3F) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYSVX (3F) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYTF2 (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRF (3F) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYTRS (3F) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZTBCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTBRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
ZTBTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTGEVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
ZTGSJA (3F) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
ZTPCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTPRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
ZTPTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
ZTPTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTRCON (3F) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTREVC (3F) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
ZTREXC (3F) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTRRFS (3F) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
ZTRSEN (3F) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
ZTRSNA (3F) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
ZTRSYL (3F) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
ZTRTI2 (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
ZTRTRI (3F) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
ZTRTRS (3F) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTZRQF (3F) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
ZUNG2L (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNG2R (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGBR (3F) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by ZGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
ZUNGHR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZGEHRD
ZUNGL2 (3F) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGLQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGQL (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGQR (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGR2 (3F) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGRQ (3F) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGTR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZHETRD
ZUNM2L (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNM2R (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMBR (3F) - VECT = 'Q', ZUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMHR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNML2 (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMLQ (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQL (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMR2 (3F) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMRQ (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMTR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUPGTR (3F) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by ZHPTRD using packed storage
ZUPMTR (3F) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
zwrite (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zwritemask (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
_daemonize (3) - make a process into a daemon
_dshiftl, DSHIFTL (3I) - Performs a double-object left shift
_dshiftr, DSHIFTR (3I) - Performs a double-object right shift
_getpty, mkpts (3) - get a PTY or Pseudo-TTY
_int_mult_upper, INT_MULT_UPPER (3I) - Multiplies integers and returns the uppermost bits
_leadz, LEADZ (3I) - Counts number of leading 0 bits
